RELEASE_NOTES revision 80785
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.254 2001/07/31 22:42:46 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 10 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 11 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 12 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 13 of SE Netway Communications. 14 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 15 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 16 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 17 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 18 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 19 Bosserman of EarthLink. 20 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 21 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 22 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 23 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 24 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 25 University College. 26 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 27 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 28 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 29 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 30 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 31 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 32 University at Albany. 33 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 34 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 35 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 36 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 37 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 38 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 39 Portability: 40 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 41 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 42 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 43 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 44 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 45 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 46 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 47 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 48 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 49 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 50 518.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 52 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 53 corruption and other potential race conditions. 54 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 55 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 56 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 57 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 58 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 59 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 60 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 61 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 62 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 63 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 64 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 65 from Kenji Miyake. 66 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 67 QueueDirectory wildcards. 68 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 69 the same map again while exiting. 70 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 71 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 72 of Tuebingen. 73 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 74 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 75 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 76 Oklahoma State University. 77 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 78 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 79 InTouch Systems, Inc. 80 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 81 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 82 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 83 Morgan Stanley. 84 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 85 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 86 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 87 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 88 from Werner Wiethege. 89 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 90 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 91 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 92 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 93 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 94 Internet Services. 95 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 96 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 97 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 98 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 99 Portability: 100 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 101 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 102 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 103 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 104 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 105 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 106 Meteorological Institute. 107 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 108 since it generates random process ids. 109 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 110 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 111 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 112 New Files: 113 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 114 1158.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 116 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 117 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 118 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 119 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 120 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 121 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 122 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 123 communications consulting gmbh. 124 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 125 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 126 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 127 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 128 connection came in from the command line. 129 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 130 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 131 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 132 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 133 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 134 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 135 when they were committed. 136 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 137 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 138 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 139 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 140 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 141 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 142 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 143 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 144 University. 145 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 146 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 147 accept() completes. 148 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 149 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 150 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 151 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 152 Wellcome. 153 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 154 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 155 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 156 University. 157 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 158 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 159 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 160 University of New Brunswick. 161 Portability: 162 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 163 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 164 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 165 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 166 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 167 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 168 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 169 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 170 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 171 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 172 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 173 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 174 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 175 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 176 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 177 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 178 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 179 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 180 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 181 Institute. 182 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 183 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 184 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 185 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 186 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 187 Renamed Files: 188 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 189 1908.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 191 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 192 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 193 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 194 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 195 Schools" project (IdS). 196 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 197 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 198 be enabled by compiling with: 199 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 200 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 201 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 202 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 203 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 204 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 205 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 206 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 207 Colby College. 208 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 209 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 210 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 211 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 212 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 213 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 214 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 215 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 216 NxNetworks, Inc. 217 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 218 client name. 219 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 220 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 221 the Universitat Regensburg. 222 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 223 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 224 University of Arizona. 225 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 226 of Collective Technologies. 227 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 228 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 229 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 230 Engineering. 231 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 232 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 233 Meteorological Institute. 234 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 235 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 236 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 237 Meteorological Institute. 238 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 239 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 240 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 241 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 242 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 243 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 244 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 245 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 246 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 247 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 248 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 249 overall connections, not the number of connections per 250 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 251 counting. 252 Portability: 253 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 254 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 255 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 256 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 257 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 258 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 259 Rosenman. 260 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 261 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 262 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 263 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 264 of Pacific Access. 265 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 266 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 267 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 268 Microsystems. 269 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 270 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 271 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 272 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 273 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 274 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 275 implicitly assume canonical host names. 276 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 277 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 278 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 279 Virginia Tech. 280 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 281 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 282 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 283 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 284 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 285 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 286 gmbh. 287 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 288 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 289 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 290 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 291 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 292 of Kyoto University. 293 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 294 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 295 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 296 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 297 version. 298 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 299 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 300 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 301 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 302 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 303 or *-owner. 304 New Files: 305 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 306 contrib/buildvirtuser 307 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 308 3098.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 310 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 311 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 312 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 313 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 314 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 315 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 316 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 317 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 318 wildcards. 319 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 320 process may close the connection before the child process 321 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 322 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 323 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 324 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 325 read the LDAP secret from a file. 326 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 327 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 328 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 329 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 330 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 331 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 332 of EarthLink. 333 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 334 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 335 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 336 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 337 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 338 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 339 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 340 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 341 Fournier of Acadia University. 342 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 343 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 344 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 345 one of the others may be able to take over. 346 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 347 previous load average query result. 348 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 349 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 350 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 351 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 352 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 353 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 354 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 355 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 356 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 357 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 358 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 359 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 360 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 361 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 362 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 363 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 364 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 365 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 366 University of British Columbia. 367 Portability: 368 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 369 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 370 override the setting. Suggested by 371 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 372 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 373 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 374 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 375 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 376 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 377 College. 378 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 379 Tom Moore of NCR. 380 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 381 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 382 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 383 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 384 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 385 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 386 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 387 Consulting. 388 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 389 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 390 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 391 errors in the MAIL address. 392 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 393 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 394 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 395 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 396 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 397 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 398 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 399 Ericsson. 400 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 401 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 402 mailer as described in cf/README. 403 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 404 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 405 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 406 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 407 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 408 sendmail. 409 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 410 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 411 Meteorological Institute. 412 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 413 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 414 dot as the only character on the line. 415 New Files: 416 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 417 4188.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 419 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 420 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 421 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 422 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 423 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 424 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 425 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 426 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 427 it populates. It is possible that some broken 428 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 429 Systems in this category should compile with 430 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 431 system and report broken implementations to 432 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 433 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 434 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 435 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 436 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 437 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 438 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 439 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 440 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 441 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 442 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 443 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 444 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 445 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 446 random data. 447 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 448 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 449 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 450 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 451 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 452 Martin of CMU. 453 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 454 strength factor. 455 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 456 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 457 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 458 of CMU. 459 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 460 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 461 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 462 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 463 documented, unless a family is specified in a 464 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 465 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 466 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 467 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 468 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 469 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 470 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 471 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 472 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 473 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 474 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 475 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 476 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 477 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 478 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 479 of Sun Microsystems. 480 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 481 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 482 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 483 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 484 the incoming information in the queue file for later 485 delivery attempts. 486 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 487 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 488 smoe.org. 489 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 490 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 491 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 492 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 493 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 494 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 495 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 496 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 497 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 498 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 499 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 500 Hedeland of Ericsson. 501 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 502 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 503 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 504 of Northern Illinois University. 505 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 506 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 507 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 508 to kilobyte units. 509 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 510 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 511 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 512 Polytechnic. 513 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 514 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 515 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 516 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 517 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 518 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 519 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 520 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 521 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 522 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 523 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 524 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 525 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 526 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 527 G. Thomas Consulting. 528 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 529 port number (113). 530 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 531 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 532 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 533 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 534 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 535 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 536 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 537 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 538 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 539 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 540 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 541 University of Mainz. 542 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 543 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 544 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 545 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 546 Portability: 547 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 548 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 549 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 550 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 551 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 552 work properly causing problems if the accept() 553 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 554 from Tom Moore of NCR. 555 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 556 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 557 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 558 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 559 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 560 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 561 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 562 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 563 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 564 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 565 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 566 confCACERT CACERTFile 567 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 568 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 569 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 570 confRAND_FILE RandFile 571 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 572 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 573 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 574 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 575 cf/README for more information. 576 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 577 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 578 called due to a STARTTLS command. 579 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 580 instead of temporary. 581 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 582 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 583 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 584 Consulting. 585 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 586 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 587 RootsWeb.com. 588 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 589 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 590 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 591 University of Maryland. 592 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 593 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 594 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 595 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 596 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 597 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 598 of the University of Alberta. 599 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 600 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 601 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 602 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 603 of X.509 certificates. 604 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 605 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 606 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 607 Universitat Regensburg. 608 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 609 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 610 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 611 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 612 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 613 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 614 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 615 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 616 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 617 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 618 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 619 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 620 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 621 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 622 University. 623 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 624 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 625 links. 626 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 627 reported. 628 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 629 Denman Tire Corporation. 630 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 631 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 632 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 633 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 634 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 635 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 636 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 637 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 638 have a From line. 639 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 640 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 641 Added Files: 642 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 643 contrib/cidrexpand 644 contrib/link_hash.sh 645 contrib/movemail.conf 646 contrib/movemail.pl 647 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 648 test/t_snprintf.c 649 6508.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 651 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 652 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 653 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 654 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 655 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 656 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 657 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 658 Added Files: 659 test/t_setuid.c 660 6618.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 662 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 663 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 664 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 665 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 666 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 667 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 668 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 669 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 670 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 671 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 672 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 673 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 674 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 675 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 676 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 677 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 678 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 679 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 680 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 681 or higher. 682 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 683 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 684 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 685 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 686 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 687 Polytechnic Institute. 688 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 689 discards the message. 690 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 691 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 692 attempted to the alias. 693 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 694 flag options. 695 Portability: 696 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 697 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 698 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 699 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 700 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 701 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 702 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 703 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 704 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 705 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 706 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 707 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 708 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 709 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 710 Services, LLC. 711 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 712 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 713 Courtesan Consulting. 714 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 715 Siemens Business Services. 716 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 717 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 718 of WSRCC. 719 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 720 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 721 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 722 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 723 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 724 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 725 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 726 of NEC. 727 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 728 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 729 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 730 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 731 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 732 Virginia Tech. 733 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 734 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 735 University. 736 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 737 for other internal projects but included in the open source 738 release. 739 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 740 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 741 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 742 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 743 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 744 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 745 Sendmail. 746 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 747 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 748 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 749 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 750 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 751 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 752 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 753 Northern Illinois University. 754 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 755 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 756 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 757 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 758 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 759 Polytechnique de Montreal. 760 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 761 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 762 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 763 Added Files: 764 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 765 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 766 Deleted Files: 767 contrib/converting.sun.configs 768 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 769 doc/intro 770 doc/usenix 771 doc/changes 772 7738.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 774 ************************************************************* 775 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 776 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 777 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 778 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 779 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 780 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 781 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 782 * coach, and a friend. * 783 * * 784 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 785 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 786 * Julie, we miss you! * 787 ************************************************************* 788 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 789 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 790 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 791 symbolic link target. 792 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 793 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 794 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 795 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 796 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 797 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 798 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 799 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 800 version of sendmail. 801 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 802 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 803 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 804 (IdS). 805 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 806 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 807 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 808 for easier code sharing among the programs. 809 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 810 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 811 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 812 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 813 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 814 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 815 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 816 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 817 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 818 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 819 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 820 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 821 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 822 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 823 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 824 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 825 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 826 now listen on several different ports. Use: 827 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 828 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 829 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 830 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 831 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 832 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 833 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 834 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 835 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 836 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 837 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 838 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 839 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 840 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 841 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 842 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 843 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 844 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 845 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 846 accordingly. 847 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 848 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 849 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 850 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 851 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 852 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 853 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 854 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 855 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 856 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 857 InCert Software. 858 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 859 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 860 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 861 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 862 a control socket request. 863 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 864 settings: 865 Timeout.resolver.retrans 866 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 867 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 868 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 869 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 870 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 871 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 872 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 873 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 874 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 875 delivery attempt. 876 Timeout.resolver.retry 877 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 878 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 879 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 880 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 881 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 882 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 883 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 884 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 885 query for all resolver lookups except the first 886 delivery attempt. 887 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 888 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 889 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 890 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 891 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 892 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 893 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 894 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 895 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 896 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 897 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 898 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 899 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 900 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 901 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 902 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 903 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 904 Telecommunications Ltd. 905 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 906 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 907 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 908 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 909 Inc. 910 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 911 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 912 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 913 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 914 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 915 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 916 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 917 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 918 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 919 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 920 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 921 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 922 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 923 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 924 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 925 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 926 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 927 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 928 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 929 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 930 Ltd. 931 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 932 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 933 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 934 example mailer might be: 935 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 936 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 937 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 938 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 939 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 940 instead. 941 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 942 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 943 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 944 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 945 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 946 flags. 947 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 948 body of the original message on delivery status 949 notifications. 950 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 951 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 952 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 953 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 954 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 955 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 956 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 957 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 958 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 959 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 960 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 961 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 962 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 963 Conwell of Boston University. 964 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 965 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 966 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 967 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 968 @Home Network. 969 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 970 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 971 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 972 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 973 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 974 similar to check_rcpt etc. 975 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 976 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 977 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 978 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 979 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 980 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 981 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 982 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 983 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 984 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 985 Mathias Herberts. 986 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 987 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 988 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 989 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 990 in check_compat). 991 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 992 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 993 option. 994 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 995 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 996 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 997 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 998 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 999 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 1000 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 1001 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 1002 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 1003 is set. 1004 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 1005 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 1006 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 1007 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 1008 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 1009 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 1010 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 1011 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 1012 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 1013 a denial-of-service attack. 1014 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 1015 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 1016 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 1017 overflow attacks. 1018 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 1019 alias recursion. 1020 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 1021 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 1022 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 1023 directly before the newline. 1024 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 1025 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 1026 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 1027 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 1028 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 1029 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 1030 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 1031 could not be opened. 1032 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 1033 value of this option is macro expanded. 1034 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 1035 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 1036 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 1037 (along with the already existing macros): 1038 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 1039 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 1040 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 1041 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 1042 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 1043 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 1044 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 1045 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 1046 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 1047 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 1048 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 1049 loopback net. 1050 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 1051 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 1052 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 1053 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 1054 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 1055 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 1056 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 1057 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 1058 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 1059 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 1060 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 1061 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 1062 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 1063 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 1064 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 1065 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 1066 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 1067 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 1068 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 1069 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 1070 Ericsson. 1071 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 1072 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 1073 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 1074 of Ericsson. 1075 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 1076 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 1077 of Renaissance Internet Services. 1078 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 1079 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 1080 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 1081 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 1082 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 1083 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 1084 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 1085 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 1086 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 1087 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 1088 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 1089 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 1090 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 1091 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1092 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 1093 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 1094 equate name. 1095 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 1096 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 1097 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 1098 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 1099 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 1100 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 1101 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 1102 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 1103 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 1104 David Cooley of Colby College. 1105 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 1106 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 1107 already decided the message will be passed to another host 1108 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 1109 Buckeridge Young Limited. 1110 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 1111 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 1112 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 1113 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 1114 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 1115 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 1116 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 1117 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 1118 of Stanford University. 1119 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 1120 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 1121 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 1122 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 1123 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 1124 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 1125 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 1126 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 1127 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 1128 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 1129 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 1130 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 1131 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 1132 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 1133 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 1134 attributes found in the match will be returned. 1135 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 1136 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 1137 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 1138 comma separated key and value strings. 1139 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 1140 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 1141 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 1142 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 1143 a single connection to that host. 1144 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 1145 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 1146 LDAP lookups. 1147 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 1148 resources. 1149 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 1150 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 1151 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 1152 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 1153 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 1154 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 1155 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 1156 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 1157 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 1158 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 1159 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 1160 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 1161 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 1162 with the name "*". 1163 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 1164 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 1165 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 1166 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 1167 matches to return. 1168 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 1169 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 1170 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 1171 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 1172 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 1173 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 1174 are defined. 1175 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 1176 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 1177 Tech. 1178 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 1179 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 1180 important if you have large classes. 1181 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 1182 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 1183 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1184 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 1185 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 1186 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 1187 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 1188 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 1189 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 1190 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 1191 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 1192 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 1193 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 1194 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 1195 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 1196 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 1197 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 1198 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 1199 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 1200 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 1201 determined). For single processor machines, this change 1202 has no effect. 1203 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 1204 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1205 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 1206 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1207 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 1208 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 1209 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 1210 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 1211 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 1212 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 1213 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 1214 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 1215 connection-based denial of service attacks. 1216 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 1217 10 or higher. 1218 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 1219 information (from= syslog line). 1220 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 1221 equate (dsn=). 1222 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 1223 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 1224 information is available at 1225 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 1226 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1227 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 1228 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1229 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1230 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 1231 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1232 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 1233 the program as the default user and the default group, not 1234 the forward file user. This change also assures the 1235 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 1236 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 1237 Popovici of DNT Romania. 1238 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 1239 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 1240 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 1241 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 1242 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 1243 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 1244 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 1245 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 1246 helpful to know the sender of the message. 1247 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 1248 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1249 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 1250 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 1251 multiple files. 1252 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 1253 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 1254 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 1255 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 1256 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 1257 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 1258 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 1259 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 1260 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 1261 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 1262 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 1263 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 1264 length before the attempt. 1265 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 1266 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 1267 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 1268 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 1269 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 1270 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 1271 host status files, not all files. 1272 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 1273 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 1274 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 1275 Wonderworks Inc. 1276 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 1277 macro map class. This can be used to store information 1278 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 1279 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 1280 of Hannover. 1281 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 1282 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 1283 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 1284 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 1285 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 1286 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 1287 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 1288 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 1289 flag: 1290 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 1291 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 1292 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 1293 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 1294 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 1295 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 1296 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 1297 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 1298 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 1299 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 1300 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 1301 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 1302 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 1303 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 1304 version. 1305 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 1306 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 1307 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 1308 if referencing a named ruleset. 1309 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 1310 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 1311 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 1312 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 1313 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 1314 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 1315 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 1316 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 1317 the University of Maryland. 1318 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 1319 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 1320 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 1321 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 1322 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 1323 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 1324 COMMANDS). 1325 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 1326 but for outgoing connections. 1327 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 1328 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 1329 a require authentication 1330 b bind to interface through which mail has 1331 been received 1332 c perform hostname canonification 1333 f require fully qualified hostname 1334 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 1335 command 1336 C don't perform hostname canonification 1337 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 1338 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 1339 h use name of interface for HELO command 1340 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 1341 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 1342 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 1343 Institutes of Health. 1344 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 1345 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1346 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 1347 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 1348 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1349 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 1350 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 1351 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 1352 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 1353 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 1354 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 1355 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 1356 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1357 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 1358 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 1359 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 1360 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 1361 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 1362 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 1363 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 1364 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 1365 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 1366 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 1367 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 1368 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1369 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 1370 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 1371 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 1372 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 1373 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 1374 timeout. 1375 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 1376 interface address structure when loading the system network 1377 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 1378 Nanoteq. 1379 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 1380 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 1381 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 1382 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 1383 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 1384 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 1385 on load average. 1386 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1387 Northern Illinois University. 1388 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 1389 envelope splitting has occurred. 1390 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 1391 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 1392 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 1393 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 1394 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 1395 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1396 Institute. 1397 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 1398 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 1399 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 1400 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 1401 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 1402 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 1403 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1404 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 1405 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1406 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 1407 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1408 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 1409 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 1410 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 1411 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1412 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 1413 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 1414 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 1415 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1416 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 1417 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 1418 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 1419 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1420 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 1421 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 1422 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1423 University. 1424 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 1425 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 1426 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 1427 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 1428 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 1429 ruleset lines as well. 1430 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 1431 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 1432 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 1433 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1434 Institute. 1435 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 1436 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 1437 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1438 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 1439 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 1440 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 1441 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 1442 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 1443 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 1444 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 1445 of Ericsson. 1446 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 1447 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 1448 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 1449 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1450 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 1451 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 1452 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 1453 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 1454 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 1455 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 1456 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 1457 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 1458 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 1459 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 1460 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 1461 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1462 University. 1463 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 1464 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 1465 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 1466 'sendmail -bs'. 1467 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 1468 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 1469 them in the .cf file. 1470 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 1471 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 1472 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 1473 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 1474 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 1475 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 1476 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 1477 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 1478 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1479 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 1480 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 1481 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 1482 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 1483 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1484 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 1485 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1486 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 1487 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 1488 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 1489 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 1490 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1491 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 1492 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 1493 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 1494 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 1495 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 1496 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1497 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 1498 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 1499 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 1500 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1501 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 1502 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 1503 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 1504 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 1505 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 1506 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1507 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 1508 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 1509 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 1510 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 1511 don't fail on ANY queries. 1512 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 1513 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 1514 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1515 Northern Illinois University. 1516 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 1517 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 1518 State University. 1519 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 1520 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1521 Northern Illinois University. 1522 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 1523 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 1524 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 1525 Portability: 1526 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 1527 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 1528 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 1529 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 1530 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1531 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 1532 This allows network interface probing to work 1533 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 1534 University of Iowa. 1535 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 1536 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 1537 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 1538 name. 1539 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 1540 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 1541 Virginia Tech. 1542 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 1543 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 1544 Amsterdam. 1545 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 1546 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 1547 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 1548 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 1549 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 1550 in building the operating system. Users can 1551 override the defaults by setting confCC and 1552 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 1553 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 1554 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 1555 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 1556 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 1557 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 1558 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1559 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 1560 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1561 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 1562 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 1563 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 1564 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1565 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 1566 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 1567 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 1568 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 1569 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 1570 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 1571 use that value in conf.h. 1572 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 1573 BITart Consulting. 1574 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 1575 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 1576 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 1577 Computer, Inc. 1578 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 1579 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 1580 of E I A. 1581 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 1582 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 1583 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 1584 fchown(2). 1585 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 1586 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 1587 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 1588 srandomdev(3). 1589 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 1590 setlogin(2). 1591 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 1592 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 1593 Siemens Business Services. 1594 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 1595 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 1596 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 1597 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 1598 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 1599 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 1600 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1601 Aerospace. 1602 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 1603 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 1604 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 1605 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 1606 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 1607 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 1608 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 1609 University. 1610 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 1611 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 1612 Technology Information Network. 1613 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 1614 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 1615 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1616 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 1617 and OpenBSD. 1618 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 1619 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 1620 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 1621 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1622 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 1623 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 1624 details. 1625 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 1626 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 1627 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 1628 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 1629 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 1630 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 1631 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-id root. This 1632 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 1633 Courtesan Consulting. 1634 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 1635 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 1636 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 1637 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 1638 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 1639 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 1640 multiple times. 1641 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 1642 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 1643 with From:). 1644 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 1645 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 1646 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 1647 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 1648 new functionality. 1649 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1650 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 1651 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 1652 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 1653 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 1654 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 1655 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 1656 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 1657 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 1658 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 1659 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 1660 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 1661 confPID_FILE PidFile 1662 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 1663 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 1664 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 1665 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 1666 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1667 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 1668 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 1669 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1670 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 1671 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 1672 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 1673 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 1674 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1675 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1676 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 1677 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 1678 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 1679 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 1680 to "IPC $h". 1681 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 1682 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 1683 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 1684 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 1685 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 1686 value should be changed with care. 1687 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 1688 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 1689 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 1690 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 1691 complain. 1692 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 1693 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 1694 of Q7 Enterprises. 1695 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 1696 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 1697 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 1698 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 1699 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 1700 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 1701 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 1702 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 1703 of Northern Illinois University. 1704 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 1705 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 1706 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 1707 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 1708 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 1709 in it. 1710 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 1711 in class 'P' ($=P). 1712 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 1713 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 1714 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 1715 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 1716 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 1717 is added. 1718 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 1719 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 1720 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 1721 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 1722 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 1723 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 1724 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 1725 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 1726 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 1727 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 1728 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 1729 Hubert of University of Washington. 1730 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 1731 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 1732 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 1733 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 1734 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 1735 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 1736 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 1737 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 1738 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 1739 Services. 1740 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 1741 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1742 Aerospace. 1743 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 1744 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 1745 University and Brian Candler. 1746 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 1747 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1748 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 1749 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1750 Institute. 1751 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 1752 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 1753 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 1754 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 1755 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 1756 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 1757 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 1758 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 1759 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 1760 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1761 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 1762 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 1763 Willamette Industries, Inc. 1764 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 1765 converted to <user@d> 1766 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 1767 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 1768 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 1769 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 1770 performed. 1771 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 1772 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 1773 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1774 Institute. 1775 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 1776 be accessed by their numbers). 1777 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 1778 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 1779 of an address. 1780 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 1781 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 1782 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 1783 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 1784 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 1785 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 1786 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 1787 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 1788 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 1789 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1790 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 1791 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1792 Institute. 1793 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 1794 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 1795 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 1796 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 1797 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 1798 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 1799 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 1800 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 1801 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 1802 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 1803 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 1804 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1805 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 1806 University of California at Berkeley. 1807 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 1808 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1809 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 1810 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 1811 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1812 Corporation UK. 1813 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 1814 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 1815 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 1816 Yale University. 1817 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 1818 be used for building. 1819 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 1820 used for a fresh build. 1821 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 1822 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 1823 ranlib. 1824 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 1825 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 1826 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 1827 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 1828 Costales. 1829 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 1830 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 1831 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 1832 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1833 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 1834 of Siemens Business Services. 1835 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 1836 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 1837 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 1838 torek. 1839 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 1840 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 1841 They should contain the C source files for the object files 1842 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 1843 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 1844 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 1845 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 1846 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 1847 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 1848 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 1849 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 1850 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 1851 are in devtools/README. 1852 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 1853 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1854 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 1855 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 1856 new variable which identifies the root of the source 1857 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 1858 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 1859 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 1860 macro. 1861 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 1862 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 1863 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 1864 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 1865 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 1866 Corporation. 1867 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 1868 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 1869 confMANROOTMAN. 1870 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 1871 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 1872 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 1873 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 1874 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 1875 Communications. 1876 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 1877 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 1878 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 1879 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 1880 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 1881 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 1882 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 1883 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 1884 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 1885 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 1886 install-strip target. 1887 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 1888 the others (if it exists). 1889 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 1890 then the default ones. 1891 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-id root. To use mail.local 1892 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 1893 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 1894 to set the S flag. 1895 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 1896 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 1897 Northern Illinois University. 1898 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 1899 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 1900 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1901 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 1902 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 1903 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1904 University. 1905 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 1906 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 1907 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1908 University. 1909 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 1910 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 1911 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 1912 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 1913 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 1914 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 1915 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1916 University. 1917 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 1918 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 1919 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1920 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 1921 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 1922 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 1923 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 1924 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 1925 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 1926 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 1927 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 1928 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 1929 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 1930 Alcatel Australia Limited. 1931 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 1932 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 1933 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1934 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 1935 timeout to avoid starvation. 1936 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 1937 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 1938 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1939 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1940 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 1941 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 1942 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 1943 of Maryland. 1944 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 1945 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 1946 sendmail configuration file. 1947 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 1948 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 1949 option. 1950 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 1951 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 1952 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 1953 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 1954 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 1955 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 1956 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 1957 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 1958 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1959 Corporation UK. 1960 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 1961 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 1962 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 1963 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1964 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 1965 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 1966 Institute for Global Communications. 1967 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 1968 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 1969 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1970 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 1971 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 1972 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1973 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 1974 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 1975 of the Institute for Global Communications. 1976 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 1977 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 1978 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 1979 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 1980 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 1981 Changed Files: 1982 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 1983 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 1984 which execute the actual Build script in 1985 devtools/bin. 1986 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 1987 -mandoc as they were previously. 1988 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 1989 of Build will work (unless parameters are 1990 required for Build). 1991 New Directories: 1992 devtools/M4/UNIX 1993 include 1994 libmilter 1995 libsmdb 1996 libsmutil 1997 vacation 1998 Renamed Directories: 1999 BuildTools => devtools 2000 src => sendmail 2001 Deleted Files: 2002 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 2003 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 2004 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 2005 devtools/OS/SINIX 2006 sendmail/ldap_map.h 2007 New Files: 2008 INSTALL 2009 PGPKEYS 2010 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 2011 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 2012 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 2013 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 2014 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 2015 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 2016 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 2017 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 2018 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 2019 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 2020 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 2021 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 2022 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 2023 contrib/domainmap.m4 2024 contrib/qtool.8 2025 contrib/qtool.pl 2026 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 2027 devtools/M4/list.m4 2028 devtools/M4/string.m4 2029 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 2030 devtools/M4/switch.m4 2031 devtools/OS/Darwin 2032 devtools/OS/GNU 2033 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 2034 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 2035 devtools/OS/m88k 2036 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 2037 mail.local/Makefile 2038 mailstats/Makefile 2039 makemap/Makefile 2040 praliases/Makefile 2041 rmail/Makefile 2042 sendmail/Makefile 2043 sendmail/bf.h 2044 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2045 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2046 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2047 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2048 sendmail/shmticklib.c 2049 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 2050 sendmail/timers.c 2051 sendmail/timers.h 2052 smrsh/Makefile 2053 vacation/Makefile 2054 Renamed Files: 2055 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 2056 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2057 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 2058 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 2059 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 2060 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 2061 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 2062 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 2063 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 2064 Copied Files: 2065 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 2066 20678.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 2068 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 2069 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 2070 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 2071 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2072 Schools" project (IdS). 2073 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 2074 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 2075 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 2076 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2077 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 2078 when performing the MIME header length check. This 2079 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 2080 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 2081 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 2082 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 2083 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 2084 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2085 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 2086 ExecPC Internet Systems. 2087 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 2088 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 2089 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 2090 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 2091 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 2092 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 2093 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 2094 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 2095 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 2096 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2097 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 2098 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 2099 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 2100 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 2101 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 2102 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 2103 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 2104 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 2105 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 2106 group of the IETF. 2107 Portability: 2108 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 2109 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 2110 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 2111 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 2112 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 2113 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 2114 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 2115 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 2116 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 2117 Technical University of Denmark. 2118 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 2119 Supercomputer Center. 2120 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 2121 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 2122 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 2123 of Stanford University. 2124 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 2125 between different releases. Back out the 2126 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 2127 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 2128 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 2129 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 2130 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 2131 of Siemens/SNI. 2132 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2133 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 2134 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 2135 University of Brno. 2136 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 2137 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 2138 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2139 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 2140 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 2141 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2142 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 2143 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 2144 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 2145 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 2146 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2147 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 2148 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 2149 MIDS Europe. 2150 New Files: 2151 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 2152 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 2153 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 2154 21558.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 2156 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 2157 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 2158 for a denial of service attack. 2159 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 2160 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2161 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 2162 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 2163 Corporation UK. 2164 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 2165 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 2166 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 2167 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 2168 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 2169 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 2170 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 2171 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 2172 Internet Services. 2173 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 2174 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 2175 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 2176 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 2177 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 2178 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 2179 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 2180 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 2181 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2182 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 2183 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 2184 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 2185 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 2186 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2187 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2188 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 2189 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 2190 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 2191 Internet Services. 2192 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 2193 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 2194 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 2195 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 2196 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 2197 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 2198 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 2199 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 2200 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 2201 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 2202 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 2203 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 2204 extended testing. 2205 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 2206 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 2207 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 2208 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 2209 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 2210 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2211 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 2212 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 2213 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 2214 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2215 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 2216 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 2217 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 2218 Network. 2219 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 2220 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 2221 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 2222 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 2223 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 2224 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 2225 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2226 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 2227 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 2228 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 2229 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 2230 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 2231 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 2232 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 2233 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 2234 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 2235 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2236 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 2237 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2238 Meteorological Institute. 2239 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2240 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 2241 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 2242 Portability: 2243 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2244 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 2245 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 2246 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 2247 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 2248 reading network interface addresses into 2249 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 2250 Cal State University, Chico. 2251 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 2252 from changing the semantics of the compiled 2253 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 2254 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 2255 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 2256 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2257 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2258 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 2259 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 2260 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 2261 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 2262 of Sun Microsystems. 2263 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 2264 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2265 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 2266 of Bits Co., Ltd. 2267 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 2268 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2269 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 2270 of E I A. 2271 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 2272 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 2273 Information Center. 2274 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 2275 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2276 Institute. 2277 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 2278 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 2279 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 2280 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 2281 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2282 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 2283 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 2284 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 2285 Manawatu Internet Services. 2286 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 2287 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 2288 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 2289 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 2290 of Northern Illinois University. 2291 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 2292 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2293 Kiel. 2294 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 2295 Dot Com. 2296 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 2297 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2298 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2299 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 2300 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 2301 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 2302 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2303 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 2304 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2305 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 2306 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 2307 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 2308 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2309 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 2310 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2311 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 2312 the envelope From header. 2313 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 2314 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 2315 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 2316 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 2317 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 2318 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 2319 Portal Services, Inc. 2320 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 2321 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 2322 Sun Microsystems. 2323 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2324 New Files: 2325 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 2326 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 2327 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 2328 contrib/smcontrol.pl 2329 src/control.c 2330 23318.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 2332 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 2333 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 2334 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 2335 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 2336 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 2337 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 2338 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2339 Meteorological Institute. 2340 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 2341 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 2342 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2343 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 2344 installation commands. The man pages would still be 2345 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 2346 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2347 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 2348 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2349 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 2350 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 2351 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 2352 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 2353 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 2354 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 2355 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 2356 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 2357 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 2358 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 2359 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 2360 Flextech TV. 2361 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 2362 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 2363 DaveLtd Enterprises. 2364 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 2365 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 2366 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 2367 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 2368 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 2369 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 2370 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 2371 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 2372 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 2373 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 2374 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 2375 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 2376 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 2377 University. 2378 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 2379 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 2380 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 2381 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 2382 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 2383 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 2384 Portability: 2385 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 2386 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 2387 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 2388 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 2389 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 2390 of BSDI. 2391 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 2392 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 2393 PICT Inc. 2394 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 2395 J. P. McCann of E I A. 2396 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 2397 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 2398 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 2399 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 2400 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 2401 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2402 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 2403 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 2404 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2405 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 2406 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 2407 would not accept @@hostname. 2408 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 2409 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 2410 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 2411 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 2412 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2413 New Files: 2414 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 2415 24168.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 2417 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 2418 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 2419 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 2420 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 2421 which need the ability to override security can use the 2422 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 2423 information. 2424 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 2425 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 2426 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 2427 world writable directories. 2428 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 2429 it is in a world writable directory. 2430 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 2431 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 2432 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 2433 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2434 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2435 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 2436 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 2437 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 2438 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 2439 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 2440 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 2441 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 2442 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 2443 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 2444 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 2445 default. 2446 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-id binaries 2447 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 2448 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 2449 the University of Maryland. 2450 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 2451 of Cal State University, Chico. 2452 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 2453 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 2454 current version of Berkeley DB. 2455 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 2456 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2457 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 2458 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 2459 of Maryland. 2460 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 2461 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 2462 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 2463 Microsystems. 2464 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 2465 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 2466 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 2467 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 2468 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 2469 mail.local on the F=z flag. 2470 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 2471 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 2472 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 2473 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 2474 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 2475 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 2476 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 2477 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2478 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2479 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 2480 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 2481 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 2482 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2483 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 2484 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 2485 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 2486 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 2487 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 2488 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 2489 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 2490 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 2491 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 2492 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 2493 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 2494 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 2495 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 2496 relaying entirely. 2497 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 2498 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 2499 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 2500 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 2501 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 2502 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 2503 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 2504 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2505 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 2506 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 2507 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 2508 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 2509 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2510 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 2511 sender for those failures. 2512 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 2513 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 2514 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 2515 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 2516 of Ericsson. 2517 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 2518 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 2519 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2520 of Procter & Gamble. 2521 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 2522 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 2523 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2524 of Procter & Gamble. 2525 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 2526 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 2527 of system security. This should only be used if you are 2528 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 2529 DontBlameSendmail options are: 2530 Safe 2531 AssumeSafeChown 2532 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 2533 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 2534 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 2535 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2536 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 2537 GroupWritableAliasFile 2538 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 2539 WorldWritableAliasFile 2540 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2541 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2542 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 2543 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 2544 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2545 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2546 MapInUnsafeDirPath 2547 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 2548 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 2549 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 2550 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 2551 LinkedMapInWritableDir 2552 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 2553 FileDeliveryToHardLink 2554 FileDeliveryToSymLink 2555 WriteMapToHardLink 2556 WriteMapToSymLink 2557 WriteStatsToHardLink 2558 WriteStatsToSymLink 2559 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 2560 RunWritableProgram 2561 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 2562 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 2563 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 2564 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 2565 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 2566 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 2567 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 2568 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 2569 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 2570 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 2571 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 2572 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 2573 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 2574 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 2575 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 2576 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 2577 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 2578 contrast to the success case). 2579 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 2580 of the form: 2581 HHeader: $>Ruleset 2582 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 2583 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 2584 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 2585 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 2586 from hiding their connection information in Received: 2587 headers. 2588 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 2589 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 2590 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 2591 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 2592 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 2593 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 2594 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 2595 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 2596 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 2597 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 2598 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 2599 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 2600 remote identity can be queried. 2601 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 2602 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 2603 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 2604 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2605 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 2606 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 2607 some of the details are determined dynamically via 2608 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 2609 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 2610 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 2611 the new Build method which creates an operating system 2612 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 2613 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 2614 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 2615 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 2616 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 2617 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 2618 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2619 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 2620 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 2621 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 2622 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 2623 This means that even if only one of the recipients 2624 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 2625 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 2626 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 2627 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 2628 of CNET: The Computer Network. 2629 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 2630 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 2631 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2632 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 2633 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 2634 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 2635 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 2636 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 2637 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 2638 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 2639 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 2640 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 2641 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2642 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 2643 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 2644 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2645 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 2646 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 2647 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 2648 Institute. 2649 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 2650 mail.local. 2651 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 2652 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 2653 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 2654 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 2655 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 2656 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2657 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 2658 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 2659 of InfoBeat, Inc. 2660 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 2661 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 2662 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 2663 mailstats command. 2664 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 2665 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 2666 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2667 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 2668 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 2669 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 2670 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2671 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 2672 Ericsson. 2673 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 2674 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 2675 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 2676 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 2677 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 2678 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 2679 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 2680 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 2681 Stratus Computer, Inc. 2682 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 2683 currently supported version. 2684 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 2685 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2686 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 2687 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 2688 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 2689 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2690 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 2691 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 2692 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 2693 message in error bounces. 2694 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 2695 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 2696 Digital Equipment Corporation. 2697 Portability: 2698 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 2699 of Kyoto University. 2700 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 2701 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 2702 Maryland. 2703 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 2704 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 2705 in Finland. 2706 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 2707 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2708 the University of Maryland. 2709 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 2710 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 2711 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2712 Meteorological Institute. 2713 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 2714 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 2715 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 2716 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 2717 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 2718 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 2719 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 2720 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 2721 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 2722 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 2723 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 2724 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2725 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 2726 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 2727 Microsystems. 2728 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 2729 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 2730 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 2731 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2732 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 2733 directory for certain programs. 2734 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 2735 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 2736 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 2737 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 2738 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 2739 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 2740 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 2741 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 2742 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 2743 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 2744 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 2745 the user to setup different .forward files for 2746 user+detail addressing. 2747 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 2748 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 2749 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 2750 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 2751 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 2752 outside your domain). 2753 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 2754 any site to any site. 2755 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 2756 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 2757 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 2758 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 2759 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 2760 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 2761 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 2762 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 2763 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 2764 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 2765 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 2766 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 2767 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 2768 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 2769 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 2770 host names only. 2771 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 2772 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 2773 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 2774 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 2775 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 2776 needed for most installations. 2777 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 2778 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 2779 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 2780 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2781 the University of Maryland. 2782 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 2783 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 2784 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 2785 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 2786 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 2787 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 2788 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 2789 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 2790 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 2791 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 2792 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 2793 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 2794 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 2795 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 2796 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 2797 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 2798 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 2799 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 2800 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 2801 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 2802 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 2803 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 2804 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 2805 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 2806 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 2807 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 2808 above for more information. 2809 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 2810 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2811 Meteorological Institute. 2812 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 2813 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 2814 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 2815 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 2816 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2817 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 2818 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 2819 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 2820 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 2821 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 2822 MustQuoteChars respectively. 2823 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 2824 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 2825 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 2826 CMU (now of Netscape). 2827 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 2828 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 2829 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 2830 read mail.local/README. 2831 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 2832 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 2833 University of Maryland. 2834 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 2835 University, Chico. 2836 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2837 Meteorological Institute. 2838 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 2839 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 2840 University of Maryland. 2841 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 2842 such as linked files in world writable directories. 2843 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 2844 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 2845 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 2846 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 2847 Braunschweig. 2848 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 2849 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 2850 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2851 Changed Files: 2852 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 2853 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 2854 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 2855 New Files: 2856 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 2857 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 2858 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 2859 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 2860 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 2861 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 2862 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 2863 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 2864 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 2865 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 2866 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 2867 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 2868 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 2869 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 2870 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 2871 BuildTools/OS/QNX 2872 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 2873 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 2874 BuildTools/README 2875 BuildTools/Site/README 2876 BuildTools/bin/Build 2877 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 2878 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 2879 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 2880 Makefile 2881 cf/cf/Build 2882 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 2883 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 2884 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 2885 cf/feature/access_db.m4 2886 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 2887 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 2888 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 2889 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 2890 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2891 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 2892 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 2893 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 2894 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 2895 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 2896 contrib/doublebounce.pl 2897 mail.local/Build 2898 mail.local/Makefile.m4 2899 mail.local/README 2900 mailstats/Build 2901 mailstats/Makefile.m4 2902 makemap/Build 2903 makemap/Makefile.m4 2904 praliases/Build 2905 praliases/Makefile.m4 2906 rmail/Build 2907 rmail/Makefile.m4 2908 rmail/rmail.0 2909 smrsh/Build 2910 smrsh/Makefile.m4 2911 src/Build 2912 src/Makefile.m4 2913 src/snprintf.c 2914 Deleted Files: 2915 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 2916 mail.local/Makefile 2917 mail.local/Makefile.dist 2918 mailstats/Makefile 2919 mailstats/Makefile.dist 2920 makemap/Makefile 2921 makemap/Makefile.dist 2922 praliases/Makefile 2923 praliases/Makefile.dist 2924 rmail/Makefile 2925 smrsh/Makefile 2926 smrsh/Makefile.dist 2927 src/Makefile 2928 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 2929 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 2930 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 2931 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 2932 Renamed Files: 2933 READ_ME => README 2934 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 2935 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 2936 src/READ_ME => src/README 2937 29388.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 2939 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 2940 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2941 Meteorological Institute. 2942 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 2943 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 2944 Arseneault of SRI International. 2945 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 2946 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 2947 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2948 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 2949 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 2950 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 2951 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 2952 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 2953 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2954 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 2955 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 2956 River Systems. 2957 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 2958 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 2959 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 2960 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 2961 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2962 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 2963 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 2964 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 2965 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 2966 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 2967 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 2968 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 2969 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 2970 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2971 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2972 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 2973 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2974 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 2975 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 2976 results during a single message processing (but would 2977 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 2978 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 2979 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 2980 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2981 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2982 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 2983 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 2984 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2985 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2986 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 2987 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 2988 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 2989 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 2990 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 2991 and the inability to save a bounce message to 2992 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 2993 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 2994 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 2995 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 2996 Associates. 2997 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 2998 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 2999 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 3000 could cause confusing error messages. 3001 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 3002 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 3003 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 3004 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 3005 SuperNet, Inc. 3006 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 3007 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3008 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 3009 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 3010 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3011 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 3012 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 3013 dropped. 3014 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 3015 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 3016 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 3017 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 3018 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 3019 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 3020 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 3021 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3022 Institute. 3023 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 3024 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 3025 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 3026 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 3027 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 3028 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 3029 RUS University of Stuttgart. 3030 Minor lint fixes. 3031 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 3032 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 3033 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 3034 of Stanford University. 3035 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 3036 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 3037 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 3038 Portability: 3039 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 3040 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 3041 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 3042 Electronic Data Systems. 3043 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 3044 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 3045 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 3046 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 3047 loader environment variables into the loader memory 3048 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 3049 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 3050 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 3051 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 3052 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 3053 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 3054 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 3055 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 3056 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 3057 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 3058 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 3059 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 3060 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 3061 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 3062 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 3063 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 3064 Services. 3065 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 3066 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 3067 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 3068 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 3069 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 3070 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 3071 Services VAS. 3072 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 3073 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 3074 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 3075 Ericsson. 3076 30778.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 3078 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 3079 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 3080 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 3081 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 3082 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 3083 GmbH. 3084 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 3085 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 3086 of Technology, Stockholm. 3087 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 3088 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 3089 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 3090 that these routines are included as though they were in the 3091 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 3092 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 3093 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 3094 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 3095 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 3096 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 3097 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 3098 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 3099 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 3100 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 3101 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 3102 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 3103 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 3104 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 3105 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 3106 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 3107 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 3108 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 3109 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 3110 have to assume that the information is good. 3111 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 3112 open or locked. 3113 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 3114 Better handling of non-set-user-id binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 3115 errors during testing. 3116 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 3117 printed in the error message. 3118 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 3119 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 3120 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 3121 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 3122 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3123 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 3124 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 3125 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 3126 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 3127 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 3128 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 3129 runner runs during a critical section in another message 3130 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 3131 Results Computing. 3132 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 3133 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 3134 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 3135 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 3136 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3137 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 3138 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 3139 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 3140 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 3141 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 3142 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 3143 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 3144 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 3145 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 3146 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 3147 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 3148 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 3149 simultaneously. 3150 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 3151 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 3152 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 3153 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 3154 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3155 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 3156 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 3157 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 3158 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3159 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 3160 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 3161 CSU Chico. 3162 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 3163 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 3164 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 3165 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 3166 Portability: 3167 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 3168 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 3169 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 3170 be used instead. 3171 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 3172 of Argonne National Laboratory. 3173 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3174 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3175 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 3176 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 3177 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 3178 in Makefiles. 3179 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 3180 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 3181 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 3182 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 3183 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 3184 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 3185 NCR Corp. 3186 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 3187 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3188 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 3189 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 3190 Resource Network 3191 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 3192 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 3193 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 3194 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 3195 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 3196 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 3197 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 3198 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 3199 Corp. 3200 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 3201 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 3202 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 3203 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 3204 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 3205 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 3206 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 3207 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 3208 PlainTalk. 3209 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 3210 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 3211 by Harry Styron. 3212 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 3213 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 3214 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 3215 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 3216 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 3217 changed after open". 3218 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 3219 files. 3220 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 3221 NEW FILES: 3222 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 3223 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 3224 test/t_exclopen.c 3225 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 3226 DELETED FILES: 3227 Makefile 3228 32298.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 3230 ************************************************************* 3231 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 3232 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 3233 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 3234 * continued sendmail development. * 3235 ************************************************************* 3236 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 3237 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 3238 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 3239 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 3240 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 3241 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 3242 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 3243 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 3244 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 3245 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 3246 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 3247 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 3248 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 3249 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 3250 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 3251 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 3252 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3253 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3254 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 3255 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 3256 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 3257 another database; this can be used either to expose 3258 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 3259 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 3260 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 3261 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 3262 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 3263 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 3264 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 3265 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 3266 system directories. 3267 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 3268 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 3269 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 3270 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 3271 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 3272 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 3273 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 3274 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 3275 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 3276 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 3277 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 3278 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 3279 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 3280 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 3281 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 3282 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 3283 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 3284 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 3285 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 3286 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 3287 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 3288 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 3289 NFS-mounted filesystems. 3290 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 3291 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 3292 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 3293 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 3294 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 3295 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 3296 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 3297 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 3298 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3299 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 3300 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3301 same host). 3302 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 3303 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 3304 from Theo de Raadt. 3305 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 3306 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 3307 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3308 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 3309 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 3310 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 3311 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 3312 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 3313 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3314 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 3315 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 3316 Microsystems. 3317 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 3318 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 3319 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3320 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 3321 too large) don't send the bogus message. 3322 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 3323 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 3324 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3325 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 3326 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 3327 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 3328 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 3329 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 3330 Shapiro. 3331 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 3332 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 3333 Sun Microsystems. 3334 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 3335 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 3336 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 3337 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 3338 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 3339 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 3340 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 3341 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 3342 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 3343 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 3344 Mercury Mail. 3345 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 3346 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 3347 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 3348 Morgan Stanley. 3349 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 3350 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 3351 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 3352 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3353 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 3354 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 3355 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 3356 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 3357 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 3358 not be run. 3359 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 3360 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 3361 printing. 3362 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 3363 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 3364 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3365 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 3366 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 3367 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 3368 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 3369 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 3370 erroneous results during a single message processing 3371 (but would recover when the next message was received). 3372 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 3373 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 3374 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 3375 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 3376 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 3377 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 3378 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 3379 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 3380 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 3381 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 3382 address as "may be forged". 3383 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 3384 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 3385 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 3386 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 3387 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 3388 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 3389 of TwinCom. 3390 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 3391 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 3392 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 3393 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 3394 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 3395 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 3396 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 3397 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 3398 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3399 Institute. 3400 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 3401 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 3402 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 3403 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 3404 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 3405 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 3406 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 3407 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 3408 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 3409 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 3410 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 3411 book (2nd edition). 3412 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 3413 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 3414 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 3415 John Beck of SunSoft. 3416 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 3417 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 3418 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 3419 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 3420 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 3421 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 3422 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 3423 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 3424 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 3425 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 3426 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 3427 returns. 3428 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 3429 on some architectures. 3430 Portability: 3431 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 3432 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 3433 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 3434 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 3435 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 3436 of Washington. 3437 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 3438 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 3439 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3440 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 3441 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 3442 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 3443 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 3444 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 3445 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 3446 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3447 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 3448 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 3449 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 3450 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 3451 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 3452 Cambridge. 3453 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 3454 Kari Hurtta. 3455 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 3456 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 3457 IRIX Makefile). 3458 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 3459 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3460 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 3461 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 3462 Brian Candler. 3463 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 3464 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 3465 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3466 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 3467 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 3468 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3469 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 3470 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 3471 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3472 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 3473 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 3474 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3475 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 3476 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 3477 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 3478 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 3479 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 3480 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 3481 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 3482 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3483 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 3484 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 3485 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 3486 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 3487 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 3488 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 3489 was specified, even when it wasn't. 3490 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 3491 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 3492 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 3493 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 3494 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 3495 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 3496 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 3497 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 3498 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 3499 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 3500 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 3501 developers). 3502 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 3503 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 3504 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3505 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 3506 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-id root, it is 3507 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 3508 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 3509 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 3510 NEXTSTEP. 3511 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 3512 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 3513 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 3514 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 3515 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3516 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 3517 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 3518 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 3519 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 3520 for system accounts. 3521 NEW FILES: 3522 src/safefile.c 3523 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 3524 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 3525 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 3526 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 3527 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 3528 RENAMED FILES: 3529 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 3530 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 3531 35328.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 3533 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 3534 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 3535 even if RunAsUser is specified. 3536 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 3537 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 3538 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3539 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 3540 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 3541 University of Pennsylvania. 3542 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 3543 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 3544 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 3545 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 3546 was unnecessarily awful. 3547 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 3548 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 3549 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 3550 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 3551 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 3552 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 3553 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 3554 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 3555 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3556 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 3557 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3558 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 3559 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 3560 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3561 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 3562 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 3563 Semiconductor Corp. 3564 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 3565 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 3566 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 3567 at Austin. 3568 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 3569 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 3570 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 3571 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 3572 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 3573 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 3574 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 3575 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 3576 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 3577 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 3578 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 3579 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 3580 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 3581 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 3582 Costales. 3583 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 3584 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 3585 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 3586 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 3587 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 3588 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 3589 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 3590 The current values and defaults are: 3591 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 3592 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 3593 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 3594 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 3595 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 3596 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 3597 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 3598 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 3599 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 3600 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3601 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 3602 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 3603 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 3604 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 3605 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 3606 Eric Hagberg. 3607 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 3608 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 3609 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 3610 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 3611 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 3612 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 3613 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 3614 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3615 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 3616 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 3617 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 3618 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 3619 Communications. 3620 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 3621 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 3622 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 3623 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3624 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 3625 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 3626 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 3627 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 3628 PORTABILITY: 3629 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 3630 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 3631 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 3632 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 3633 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3634 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 3635 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 3636 (Moscow). 3637 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 3638 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 3639 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 3640 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 3641 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 3642 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 3643 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 3644 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 3645 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 3646 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 3647 Received: line. 3648 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 3649 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 3650 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 3651 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 3652 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 3653 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 3654 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 3655 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 3656 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 3657 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 3658 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 3659 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 3660 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 3661 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 3662 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 3663 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 3664 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 3665 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 3666 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 3667 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 3668 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3669 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 3670 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 3671 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 3672 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 3673 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 3674 Long Beach. 3675 36768.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 3677 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 3678 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 3679 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 3680 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 3681 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 3682 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 3683 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 3684 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 3685 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 3686 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 3687 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 3688 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 3689 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 3690 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 3691 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 3692 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 3693 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 3694 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 3695 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3696 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 3697 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 3698 Problem noted by several people. 3699 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 3700 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 3701 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 3702 by several people. 3703 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 3704 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 3705 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 3706 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 3707 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 3708 of Best Internet Communications. 3709 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 3710 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 3711 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 3712 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 3713 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 3714 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 3715 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 3716 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 3717 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 3718 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 3719 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 3720 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 3721 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3722 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 3723 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 3724 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 3725 by Roy Mongiovi. 3726 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 3727 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3728 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 3729 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 3730 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 3731 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 3732 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 3733 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 3734 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 3735 of Kyoto University. 3736 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 3737 conditions from Don Lewis. 3738 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 3739 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 3740 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 3741 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 3742 patch from Bryan Costales. 3743 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3744 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 3745 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 3746 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 3747 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 3748 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 3749 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 3750 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 3751 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 3752 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 3753 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 3754 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 3755 of Tokyo. 3756 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 3757 Services, Inc. 3758 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 3759 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 3760 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 3761 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 3762 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 3763 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 3764 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 3765 than one long one. By popular demand. 3766 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 3767 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 3768 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 3769 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 3770 of NTT Software Corporation. 3771 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 3772 NEW FILES: 3773 contrib/etrn.pl 3774 37758.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 3776 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 3777 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 3778 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 3779 best-of-security list. 3780 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 3781 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 3782 should make it clearer to people that they are running 3783 the wrong binary. 3784 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 3785 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 3786 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 3787 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 3788 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 3789 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 3790 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 3791 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 3792 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3793 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 3794 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3795 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 3796 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 3797 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 3798 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 3799 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 3800 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 3801 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 3802 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 3803 Eric Wassenaar. 3804 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 3805 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 3806 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 3807 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 3808 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 3809 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 3810 UUNET. 3811 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 3812 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 3813 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 3814 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 3815 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 3816 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 3817 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 3818 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 3819 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 3820 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 3821 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3822 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 3823 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 3824 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 3825 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 3826 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 3827 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 3828 University of Linkoping. 3829 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 3830 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 3831 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 3832 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 3833 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 3834 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 3835 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 3836 other end. 3837 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 3838 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 3839 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 3840 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 3841 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 3842 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 3843 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3844 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3845 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 3846 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 3847 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 3848 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 3849 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 3850 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 3851 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 3852 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 3853 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 3854 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 3855 The outline of the implementation was contributed 3856 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 3857 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 3858 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 3859 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 3860 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 3861 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 3862 Earickson of Colby College. 3863 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 3864 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 3865 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 3866 Kari Hurtta. 3867 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 3868 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 3869 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 3870 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 3871 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 3872 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 3873 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3874 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 3875 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 3876 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 3877 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 3878 University of Washington, Seattle. 3879 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 3880 Polytechnic Institute. 3881 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 3882 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 3883 NEW FILES: 3884 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 3885 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 3886 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 3887 38888.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 3889 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 3890 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 3891 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3892 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 3893 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 3894 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 3895 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 3896 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 3897 CONFIG: no changes. 3898 38998.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 3900 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 3901 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 3902 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 3903 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 3904 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 3905 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 3906 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 3907 of WPI. 3908 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 3909 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 3910 Kyoto University. 3911 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 3912 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 3913 on illegal host names. 3914 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 3915 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 3916 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 3917 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 3918 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 3919 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 3920 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 3921 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 3922 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3923 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 3924 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 3925 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 3926 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 3927 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 3928 University of Leicester. 3929 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 3930 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 3931 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 3932 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 3933 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 3934 University of Washington. 3935 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3936 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 3937 people pointed this out. 3938 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 3939 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 3940 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 3941 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 3942 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 3943 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 3944 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 3945 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 3946 Softec. 3947 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 3948 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3949 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 3950 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 3951 39528.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 3953 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 3954 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 3955 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 3956 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 3957 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 3958 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 3959 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 3960 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 3961 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 3962 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 3963 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 3964 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 3965 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 3966 NSC (Japan). 3967 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 3968 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 3969 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3970 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 3971 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 3972 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 3973 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 3974 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 3975 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 3976 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 3977 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 3978 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 3979 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 3980 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 3981 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 3982 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 3983 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 3984 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 3985 printout. 3986 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 3987 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 3988 square braces. 3989 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 3990 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 3991 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 3992 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 3993 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 3994 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 3995 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3996 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 3997 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 3998 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 3999 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 4000 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 4001 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 4002 Dandelion Digital. 4003 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 4004 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 4005 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 4006 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 4007 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 4008 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 4009 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 4010 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 4011 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 4012 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 4013 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 4014 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 4015 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 4016 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 4017 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 4018 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 4019 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 4020 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 4021 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 4022 mailers. 4023 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 4024 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 4025 Myers of CMU. 4026 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 4027 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 4028 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 4029 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 4030 there should be no security implications. Implementation 4031 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 4032 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 4033 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 4034 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 4035 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 4036 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 4037 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 4038 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 4039 parameter. 4040 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 4041 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 4042 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 4043 University of Maryland. 4044 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 4045 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 4046 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 4047 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 4048 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 4049 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 4050 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 4051 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 4052 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 4053 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 4054 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 4055 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 4056 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 4057 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 4058 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 4059 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 4060 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 4061 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 4062 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 4063 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 4064 section 5.2.5. 4065 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 4066 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 4067 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 4068 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 4069 is for incoming connections only. 4070 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 4071 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 4072 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 4073 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 4074 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 4075 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 4076 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 4077 (e.g., due to connection caching). 4078 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 4079 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 4080 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 4081 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 4082 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 4083 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 4084 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 4085 that take a very long time to run. 4086 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 4087 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 4088 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 4089 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 4090 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 4091 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4092 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 4093 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 4094 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4095 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 4096 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 4097 Costales. 4098 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 4099 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 4100 Technologies, Inc. 4101 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 4102 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 4103 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 4104 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 4105 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 4106 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 4107 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 4108 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 4109 different for this case. 4110 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 4111 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 4112 of Stanford University. 4113 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 4114 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 4115 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 4116 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4117 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 4118 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 4119 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 4120 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 4121 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 4122 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4123 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 4124 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 4125 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 4126 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 4127 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 4128 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 4129 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 4130 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 4131 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 4132 Pasteur Institute. 4133 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 4134 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 4135 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 4136 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 4137 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 4138 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 4139 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 4140 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 4141 canonification. 4142 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 4143 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 4144 mailers. 4145 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 4146 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 4147 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 4148 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 4149 either of these in their configuration file. 4150 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 4151 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 4152 St. Peter's College. 4153 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 4154 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 4155 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 4156 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4157 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 4158 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4159 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 4160 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 4161 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 4162 Costales. 4163 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 4164 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 4165 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 4166 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 4167 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 4168 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 4169 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 4170 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 4171 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 4172 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 4173 in rulesets. 4174 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 4175 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 4176 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 4177 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 4178 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 4179 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 4180 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 4181 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 4182 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 4183 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 4184 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 4185 on that basis. 4186 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 4187 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 4188 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 4189 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 4190 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 4191 Vixie. 4192 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 4193 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 4194 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 4195 See also the src/READ_ME file. 4196 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 4197 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 4198 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 4199 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 4200 two characters $, +. 4201 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 4202 debug_dumpstate. 4203 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 4204 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 4205 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 4206 valid recipients. 4207 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 4208 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 4209 noted by Tom May. 4210 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 4211 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 4212 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 4213 Beck of InReference, Inc. 4214 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 4215 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 4216 Computing Corporation. 4217 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 4218 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 4219 Internet Communications. 4220 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 4221 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 4222 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 4223 of Lysator. 4224 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 4225 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 4226 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 4227 of the University of Iceland. 4228 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 4229 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 4230 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 4231 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 4232 this change is a no-op. 4233 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 4234 Costales. 4235 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 4236 Bryan Costales. 4237 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 4238 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 4239 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 4240 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4241 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 4242 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4243 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 4244 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 4245 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 4246 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4247 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 4248 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 4249 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 4250 Jones of UUNET. 4251 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 4252 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 4253 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4254 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 4255 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 4256 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 4257 easily determine what messages are to their role as 4258 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 4259 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 4260 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 4261 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 4262 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 4263 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 4264 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 4265 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 4266 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 4267 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 4268 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 4269 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 4270 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 4271 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 4272 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 4273 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 4274 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 4275 of Stanford University. 4276 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 4277 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 4278 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 4279 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 4280 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 4281 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 4282 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 4283 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 4284 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 4285 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 4286 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 4287 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 4288 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4289 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 4290 Motonori Nakamura. 4291 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 4292 you are not running set-user-id; this makes management of 4293 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 4294 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 4295 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 4296 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 4297 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 4298 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 4299 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 4300 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 4301 value is ".hoststat". 4302 There are also two new operation modes: 4303 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 4304 connections. 4305 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 4306 recent status information. 4307 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 4308 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 4309 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 4310 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 4311 framework is gratefully appreciated. 4312 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 4313 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 4314 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 4315 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 4316 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 4317 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 4318 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 4319 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 4320 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 4321 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 4322 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 4323 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 4324 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 4325 Costales. 4326 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 4327 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4328 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 4329 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 4330 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 4331 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4332 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 4333 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 4334 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 4335 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 4336 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 4337 Webmasters. 4338 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 4339 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 4340 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 4341 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 4342 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 4343 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 4344 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 4345 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 4346 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 4347 of Washington, Seattle. 4348 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 4349 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 4350 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 4351 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 4352 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 4353 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 4354 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 4355 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 4356 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 4357 Nakamura. 4358 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 4359 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 4360 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 4361 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 4362 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 4363 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 4364 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 4365 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 4366 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 4367 well constrained. 4368 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 4369 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 4370 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 4371 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 4372 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 4373 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 4374 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 4375 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 4376 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 4377 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 4378 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 4379 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 4380 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 4381 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 4382 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 4383 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 4384 Wolfhugel. 4385 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 4386 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 4387 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 4388 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 4389 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4390 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 4391 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4392 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 4393 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 4394 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 4395 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 4396 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 4397 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 4398 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 4399 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 4400 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 4401 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 4402 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 4403 National University of Singapore. 4404 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 4405 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 4406 system can't cope with. 4407 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4408 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 4409 Atlas International. 4410 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 4411 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 4412 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 4413 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 4414 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 4415 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 4416 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 4417 Bernstein and Associates. 4418 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 4419 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 4420 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 4421 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 4422 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4423 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 4424 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 4425 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 4426 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 4427 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4428 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 4429 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 4430 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 4431 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4432 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 4433 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4434 Institute. 4435 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 4436 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 4437 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 4438 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 4439 Employment Standards Administration. 4440 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 4441 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 4442 Jr. 4443 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 4444 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 4445 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 4446 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 4447 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 4448 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 4449 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 4450 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 4451 of the University of Arizona. 4452 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 4453 Vanderbilt University. 4454 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 4455 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 4456 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 4457 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4458 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 4459 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 4460 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 4461 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 4462 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 4463 Foundation. 4464 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 4465 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 4466 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 4467 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 4468 Myers of CMU. 4469 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 4470 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 4471 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 4472 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 4473 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 4474 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 4475 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 4476 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 4477 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 4478 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 4479 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 4480 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 4481 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 4482 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 4483 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 4484 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 4485 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 4486 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4487 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 4488 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 4489 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 4490 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 4491 info@foo.com foo-info 4492 info@bar.com bar-info 4493 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 4494 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 4495 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 4496 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 4497 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 4498 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 4499 a great many people. 4500 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 4501 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 4502 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 4503 "fax" mailer. 4504 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 4505 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 4506 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 4507 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 4508 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 4509 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 4510 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 4511 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 4512 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 4513 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 4514 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 4515 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 4516 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 4517 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 4518 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 4519 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 4520 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 4521 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 4522 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 4523 of WPI. 4524 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 4525 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 4526 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4527 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 4528 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 4529 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 4530 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 4531 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 4532 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 4533 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4534 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 4535 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 4536 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 4537 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 4538 by Andreas Luik. 4539 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 4540 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 4541 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4542 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 4543 Wolfhugel. 4544 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 4545 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 4546 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 4547 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 4548 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 4549 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 4550 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 4551 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 4552 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 4553 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 4554 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 4555 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 4556 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 4557 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 4558 Costales. 4559 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4560 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 4561 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 4562 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4563 NEW FILES: 4564 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 4565 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 4566 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 4567 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 4568 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 4569 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 4570 mailstats/mailstats.8 4571 praliases/praliases.8 4572 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 4573 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 4574 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 4575 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 4576 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 4577 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 4578 cf/ostype/altos.m4 4579 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 4580 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 4581 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 4582 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 4583 DELETED FILES: 4584 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 4585 contrib/xla/README 4586 contrib/xla/xla.c 4587 RENAMED FILES: 4588 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 4589 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 4590 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 4591 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 4592 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 4593 45948.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 4595 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 4596 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 4597 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 4598 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 4599 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 4600 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 4601 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 4602 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 4603 46048.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 4605 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 4606 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 4607 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 4608 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 4609 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 4610 and others. 4611 46128.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 4613 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 4614 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 4615 any user (except root). 4616 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 4617 version number is unchanged. 4618 46198.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 4620 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 4621 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 4622 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4623 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 4624 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 4625 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 4626 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 4627 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 4628 Costales. 4629 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4630 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 4631 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 4632 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 4633 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 4634 Stanford University. 4635 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 4636 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 4637 46388.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 4639 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 4640 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 4641 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 4642 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 4643 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 4644 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 4645 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 4646 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 4647 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 4648 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 4649 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 4650 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 4651 by Kari Hurtta. 4652 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 4653 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 4654 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 4655 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 4656 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 4657 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 4658 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 4659 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 4660 bounces when it should have requeued. 4661 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 4662 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-id bar stopped 4663 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 4664 John Hawkinson of Panix. 4665 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 4666 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 4667 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 4668 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 4669 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 4670 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 4671 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 4672 Infobiogen. 4673 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 4674 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 4675 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 4676 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 4677 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 4678 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 4679 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 4680 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 4681 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 4682 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 4683 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 4684 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 4685 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4686 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 4687 underscores. 4688 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 4689 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 4690 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4691 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 4692 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 4693 included even if the user did not request success notification, 4694 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 4695 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 4696 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 4697 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 4698 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 4699 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 4700 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 4701 Costales of ICSI. 4702 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 4703 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 4704 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 4705 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 4706 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 4707 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 4708 Technological University. 4709 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 4710 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 4711 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 4712 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4713 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 4714 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 4715 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 4716 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 4717 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 4718 to have the database format of the alias files without the 4719 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 4720 Inc. 4721 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 4722 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 4723 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 4724 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 4725 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 4726 University. 4727 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 4728 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 4729 Association for Progressive Communications. 4730 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 4731 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 4732 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 4733 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 4734 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 4735 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 4736 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 4737 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 4738 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 4739 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 4740 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 4741 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 4742 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 4743 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 4744 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 4745 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 4746 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 4747 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 4748 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4749 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 4750 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 4751 James B. Davis of TCI. 4752 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 4753 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4754 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 4755 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 4756 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 4757 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 4758 isn't supported on all compilers. 4759 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 4760 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 4761 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 4762 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 4763 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 4764 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 4765 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 4766 (France). 4767 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 4768 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 4769 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 4770 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 4771 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 4772 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 4773 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 4774 for different files. 4775 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 4776 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 4777 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4778 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 4779 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 4780 changes). 4781 47828.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 4783 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 4784 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 4785 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 4786 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4787 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 4788 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 4789 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 4790 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 4791 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 4792 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 4793 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 4794 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 4795 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 4796 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 4797 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 4798 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 4799 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 4800 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 4801 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 4802 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 4803 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 4804 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 4805 results. This could have security implications. 4806 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 4807 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 4808 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 4809 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 4810 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 4811 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 4812 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 4813 Elz. 4814 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 4815 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 4816 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 4817 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 4818 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 4819 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 4820 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 4821 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 4822 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 4823 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 4824 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 4825 domain names are your friends. 4826 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 4827 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 4828 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 4829 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 4830 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 4831 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 4832 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 4833 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 4834 of TerraNet. 4835 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 4836 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 4837 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 4838 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 4839 of WPI. 4840 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4841 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 4842 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 4843 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 4844 file and SGI standards. From Andre 4845 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 4846 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 4847 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 4848 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 4849 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 4850 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 4851 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 4852 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 4853 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 4854 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4855 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 4856 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 4857 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4858 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 4859 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 4860 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 4861 Infobiogen (France). 4862 NEW FILES: 4863 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4864 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 4866 48678.7/8.7 1995/09/16 4868 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 4869 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 4870 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 4871 Global Communications. 4872 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 4873 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 4874 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 4875 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 4876 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 4877 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 4878 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4879 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 4880 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 4881 can be confusing. 4882 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 4883 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 4884 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 4885 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 4886 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 4887 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 4888 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 4889 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 4890 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 4891 Maryland. 4892 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 4893 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 4894 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 4895 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 4896 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4897 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 4898 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 4899 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 4900 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 4901 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 4902 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 4903 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4904 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 4905 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 4906 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 4907 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4908 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 4909 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 4910 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 4911 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 4912 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 4913 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 4914 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 4915 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 4916 Swarthmore University. 4917 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 4918 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 4919 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 4920 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 4921 ruleset. 4922 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 4923 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 4924 -d debug flag. 4925 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 4926 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 4927 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 4928 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 4929 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 4930 and the parsed address. 4931 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 4932 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 4933 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 4934 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 4935 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 4936 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 4937 recipients. 4938 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 4939 return the result. 4940 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 4941 `mapname' and return the result. 4942 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 4943 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 4944 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 4945 the header for envelope sender information and uses 4946 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 4947 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 4948 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 4949 that functionality. 4950 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 4951 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 4952 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 4953 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 4954 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 4955 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 4956 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 4957 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 4958 of Michigan Technological University. 4959 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 4960 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 4961 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 4962 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 4963 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 4964 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 4965 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 4966 or not. 4967 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 4968 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 4969 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 4970 the error message. It was especially weird because it 4971 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 4972 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 4973 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 4974 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 4975 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 4976 should have minimal impact on external function. 4977 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 4978 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 4979 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 4980 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 4981 7 SevenBitInput 4982 8 EightBitMode 4983 A AliasFile 4984 a AliasWait 4985 B BlankSub 4986 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 4987 C CheckpointInterval 4988 c HoldExpensive 4989 D AutoRebuildAliases 4990 d DeliveryMode 4991 E ErrorHeader 4992 e ErrorMode 4993 f SaveFromLine 4994 F TempFileMode 4995 G MatchGECOS 4996 H HelpFile 4997 h MaxHopCount 4998 i IgnoreDots 4999 I ResolverOptions 5000 J ForwardPath 5001 j SendMimeErrors 5002 k ConnectionCacheSize 5003 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 5004 L LogLevel 5005 l UseErrorsTo 5006 m MeToo 5007 n CheckAliases 5008 O DaemonPortOptions 5009 o OldStyleHeaders 5010 P PostmasterCopy 5011 p PrivacyOptions 5012 Q QueueDirectory 5013 q QueueFactor 5014 R DontPruneRoutes 5015 r, T Timeout 5016 S StatusFile 5017 s SuperSafe 5018 t TimeZoneSpec 5019 u DefaultUser 5020 U UserDatabaseSpec 5021 V FallbackMXHost 5022 v Verbose 5023 w TryNullMXList 5024 x QueueLA 5025 X RefuseLA 5026 Y ForkEachJob 5027 y RecipientFactor 5028 z ClassFactor 5029 Z RetryFactor 5030 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 5031 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 5032 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 5033 $l UnixFromLine 5034 $o OperatorChars 5035 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 5036 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 5037 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 5038 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 5039 specify "V6" in the configuration. 5040 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 5041 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 5042 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 5043 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 5044 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 5045 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 5046 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 5047 This requires config file support to get right. It does 5048 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 5049 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 5050 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 5051 A Addresses are aliasable. 5052 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 5053 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 5054 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 5055 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 5056 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 5057 recipient mailer flags. 5058 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 5059 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 5060 delivery. 5061 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 5062 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 5063 : Check for :include: on this address. 5064 | Check for |program on this address. 5065 / Check for /file on this address. 5066 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 5067 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 5068 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 5069 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 5070 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 5071 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 5072 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 5073 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 5074 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 5075 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 5076 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 5077 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 5078 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 5079 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 5080 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 5081 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 5082 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 5083 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 5084 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 5085 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 5086 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 5087 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 5088 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 5089 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 5090 (essentially, the full MIME option). 5091 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 5092 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 5093 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 5094 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 5095 flag is ignored. 5096 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 5097 the setting of F=8. 5098 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 5099 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 5100 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 5101 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 5102 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 5103 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 5104 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 5105 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 5106 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 5107 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 5108 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 5109 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 5110 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 5111 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 5112 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 5113 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 5114 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 5115 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 5116 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 5117 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 5118 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 5119 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 5120 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 5121 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 5122 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 5123 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 5124 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 5125 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 5126 Unicom. 5127 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 5128 fashion as the U= mailer option. 5129 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 5130 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 5131 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 5132 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 5133 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 5134 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 5135 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 5136 from Chip Rosenthal. 5137 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 5138 For example, 5139 O Timeout.helo = 2m 5140 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 5141 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 5142 set them both the preferred new syntax is 5143 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 5144 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 5145 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 5146 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 5147 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 5148 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 5149 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 5150 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 5151 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 5152 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 5153 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 5154 contribution was to make it configurable). 5155 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 5156 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 5157 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 5158 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 5159 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 5160 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 5161 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 5162 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 5163 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 5164 I/O redirection. 5165 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 5166 can be confusing. 5167 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 5168 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 5169 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 5170 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 5171 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 5172 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 5173 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 5174 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 5175 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 5176 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 5177 queue-only. 5178 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 5179 :include: and .forward files. 5180 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 5181 key field name, the value field name, and the field 5182 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 5183 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 5184 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 5185 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 5186 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5187 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 5188 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 5189 Sun Microsystems. 5190 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 5191 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 5192 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 5193 Hutton of Indiana University. 5194 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 5195 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 5196 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 5197 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 5198 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 5199 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5200 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 5201 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 5202 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 5203 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 5204 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 5205 as comments. 5206 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 5207 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 5208 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 5209 are from sysexits.h. 5210 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 5211 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 5212 Kmap1 ... 5213 Kmap2 ... 5214 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 5215 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 5216 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 5217 map2 is searched and the value returned. 5218 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 5219 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 5220 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 5221 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 5222 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 5223 For example, if the declaration of the map is 5224 Ksample switch hosts 5225 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 5226 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 5227 equivalent to 5228 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 5229 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 5230 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 5231 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 5232 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 5233 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 5234 the -m (matchonly) flag. 5235 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 5236 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 5237 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 5238 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 5239 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 5240 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 5241 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 5242 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 5243 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 5244 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 5245 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 5246 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 5247 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 5248 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 5249 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 5250 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 5251 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 5252 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 5253 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 5254 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 5255 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 5256 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 5257 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 5258 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 5259 an /etc/hosts entry reads 5260 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 5261 this change will use the second name as the canonical 5262 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 5263 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 5264 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 5265 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 5266 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 5267 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 5268 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 5269 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 5270 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 5271 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 5272 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 5273 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 5274 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 5275 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 5276 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 5277 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 5278 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 5279 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 5280 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 5281 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 5282 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 5283 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 5284 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 5285 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 5286 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 5287 much longer than the specified timeout. 5288 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 5289 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 5290 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 5291 denial-of-service attack. 5292 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 5293 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 5294 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5295 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 5296 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 5297 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 5298 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 5299 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 5300 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 5301 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 5302 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 5303 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 5304 actually file lookups. 5305 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 5306 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 5307 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 5308 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 5309 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 5310 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 5311 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 5312 support for them has been removed. 5313 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 5314 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 5315 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 5316 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 5317 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 5318 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 5319 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 5320 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 5321 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 5322 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5323 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 5324 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 5325 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 5326 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 5327 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 5328 also improves the connection cache utilization. 5329 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 5330 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 5331 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 5332 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 5333 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 5334 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 5335 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 5336 all the time (without having the set-user-id bit set). Change 5337 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 5338 Microsystems. 5339 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 5340 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 5341 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 5342 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 5343 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 5344 option can give the network software time to establish 5345 the link. The default units are seconds. 5346 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 5347 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 5348 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 5349 Defense Information Systems Agency. 5350 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 5351 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 5352 the National Computer Security Center. 5353 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 5354 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 5355 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 5356 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 5357 the mailprio scripts (see below). 5358 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 5359 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 5360 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 5361 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 5362 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 5363 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 5364 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 5365 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 5366 University Computing Service. 5367 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 5368 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 5369 the University of Kentucky. 5370 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 5371 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 5372 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 5373 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 5374 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 5375 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 5376 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 5377 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 5378 Corporation. 5379 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 5380 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 5381 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 5382 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 5383 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 5384 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 5385 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 5386 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 5387 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 5388 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 5389 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 5390 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 5391 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 5392 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 5393 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 5394 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 5395 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 5396 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 5397 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 5398 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 5399 Communications. 5400 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 5401 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 5402 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 5403 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 5404 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 5405 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 5406 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 5407 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 5408 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 5409 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 5410 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 5411 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5412 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 5413 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 5414 on values: 5415 None Leave the message as is. The 5416 message will be passed on even 5417 though it is in technically 5418 illegal syntax. 5419 Add-To Add a To: header with any 5420 recipients that it can find from 5421 the envelope. This risks exposing 5422 Bcc: recipients. 5423 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 5424 has almost no redeeming social value, 5425 and is provided only for back 5426 compatibility. 5427 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 5428 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 5429 which will have the effect of 5430 making the message legal without 5431 exposing Bcc: recipients. 5432 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 5433 There is a chance that mailers down 5434 the line will delete this header, 5435 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 5436 recipients. 5437 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 5438 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 5439 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 5440 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 5441 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 5442 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 5443 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 5444 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 5445 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 5446 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 5447 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 5448 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 5449 For example, if you run with 5450 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 5451 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 5452 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 5453 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 5454 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 5455 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 5456 entries. For example, given the aliases: 5457 list: member1 5458 list: member2 5459 and an alias file declared as: 5460 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 5461 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 5462 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 5463 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5464 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 5465 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 5466 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 5467 Johannesen. 5468 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 5469 to be simpler and more consistent. 5470 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 5471 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 5472 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 5473 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5474 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 5475 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 5476 This may affect some people who have written their own 5477 checkcompat() routine. 5478 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 5479 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 5480 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 5481 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 5482 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 5483 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 5484 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 5485 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 5486 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 5487 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 5488 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 5489 Corporation. 5490 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 5491 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 5492 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 5493 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 5494 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 5495 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 5496 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 5497 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 5498 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 5499 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 5500 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 5501 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 5502 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 5503 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5504 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 5505 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 5506 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 5507 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 5508 the header. 5509 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5510 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 5511 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 5512 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 5513 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 5514 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 5515 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 5516 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 5517 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 5518 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 5519 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 5520 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 5521 is added between the first and second word of the first 5522 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 5523 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 5524 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 5525 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 5526 old sendmails understand. 5527 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 5528 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 5529 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 5530 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 5531 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 5532 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 5533 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 5534 data -- for example, 5535 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 5536 (romanized/less information) 5537 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 5538 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 5539 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 5540 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 5541 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 5542 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 5543 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 5544 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 5545 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 5546 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 5547 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 5548 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 5549 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 5550 Eric Prestemon of American University. 5551 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 5552 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 5553 increment on the background value). 5554 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 5555 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 5556 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5557 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 5558 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 5559 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 5560 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 5561 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 5562 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 5563 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 5564 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 5565 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 5566 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 5567 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 5568 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 5569 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 5570 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 5571 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 5572 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 5573 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 5574 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 5575 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 5576 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 5577 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 5578 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 5579 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 5580 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 5581 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 5582 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 5583 service type is "files". 5584 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 5585 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 5586 into class "c". 5587 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 5588 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 5589 contributed by SunSoft. 5590 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 5591 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 5592 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 5593 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 5594 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 5595 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 5596 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 5597 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 5598 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 5599 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 5600 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 5601 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 5602 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 5603 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5604 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 5605 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 5606 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 5607 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 5608 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 5609 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 5610 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5611 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 5612 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 5613 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 5614 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 5615 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5616 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 5617 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 5618 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 5619 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 5620 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 5621 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 5622 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 5623 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 5624 flags. 5625 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 5626 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 5627 Motonori Nakamura. 5628 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 5629 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 5630 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 5631 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 5632 of MIT. 5633 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 5634 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 5635 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 5636 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 5637 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 5638 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 5639 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 5640 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 5641 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 5642 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 5643 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 5644 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 5645 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 5646 the make. 5647 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 5648 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 5649 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 5650 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 5651 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 5652 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 5653 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 5654 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 5655 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 5656 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 5657 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 5658 of Sun Microsystems. 5659 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 5660 is at least 50% faster. 5661 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 5662 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 5663 University. 5664 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 5665 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5666 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 5667 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 5668 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 5669 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 5670 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 5671 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 5672 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 5673 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 5674 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 5675 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 5676 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 5677 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 5678 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 5679 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 5680 Carnegie Mellon. 5681 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 5682 support. 5683 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 5684 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 5685 Global Information Solutions. 5686 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 5687 From Motonori Nakamura. 5688 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 5689 Motonori Nakamura. 5690 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 5691 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 5692 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 5693 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 5694 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 5695 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 5696 James of British Telecom. 5697 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 5698 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 5699 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 5700 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 5701 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 5702 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 5703 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 5704 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 5705 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 5706 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 5707 a bad guy can read your private files. 5708 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5709 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 5710 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 5711 University. This expands the disk size 5712 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 5713 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 5714 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 5715 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 5716 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 5717 Linux Makefile typo. 5718 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 5719 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 5720 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 5721 University, Chico. 5722 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 5723 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 5724 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 5725 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 5726 This requires adaptation of code that really 5727 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 5728 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 5729 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 5730 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 5731 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 5732 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 5733 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 5734 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 5735 problems. 5736 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 5737 match all the other configuration files. Fix 5738 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 5739 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 5740 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 5741 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 5742 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 5743 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 5744 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 5745 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 5746 Wemm of DIALix. 5747 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 5748 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 5749 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 5750 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 5751 of Ohio State University. 5752 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 5753 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 5754 University. 5755 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 5756 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 5757 Mainz. 5758 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 5759 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 5760 wrong statfs call). 5761 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 5762 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 5763 University. 5764 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5765 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 5766 Rochester Medical Center. 5767 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 5768 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 5769 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 5770 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 5771 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 5772 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 5773 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 5774 Division. 5775 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 5776 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 5777 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 5778 Durand of I.M.A.G. 5779 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 5780 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 5781 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 5782 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 5783 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 5784 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 5785 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5786 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 5787 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 5788 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 5789 of Meteo France. 5790 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 5791 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 5792 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 5793 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 5794 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 5795 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 5796 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 5797 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 5798 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 5799 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 5800 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 5801 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 5802 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 5803 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 5804 of Colorado. 5805 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 5806 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 5807 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 5808 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 5809 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 5810 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 5811 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 5812 on the file, but it should be quite small. 5813 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 5814 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 5815 giving the local administrator more control over what 5816 programs can be run from sendmail. 5817 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 5818 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 5819 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 5820 never will. 5821 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 5822 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 5823 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 5824 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 5825 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 5826 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 5827 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 5828 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5829 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 5830 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 5831 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 5832 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 5833 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 5834 arbitrary directory -- use either: 5835 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5836 or 5837 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5838 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 5839 can use: 5840 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 5841 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 5842 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 5843 compatibility. 5844 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 5845 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 5846 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 5847 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5848 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 5849 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 5850 County. 5851 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 5852 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 5853 just unqualified ones. 5854 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 5855 was never used and didn't work anyway. 5856 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 5857 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 5858 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 5859 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 5860 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 5861 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 5862 centralized hub. 5863 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 5864 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 5865 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 5866 this is expected to be another sendmail. 5867 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 5868 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 5869 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 5870 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 5871 Rosenthal of Unicom. 5872 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 5873 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 5874 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 5875 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 5876 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 5877 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 5878 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 5879 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 5880 but it is a no-op. 5881 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 5882 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 5883 as User Unknown. 5884 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 5885 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 5886 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 5887 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5888 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 5889 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 5890 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 5891 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 5892 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 5893 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 5894 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5895 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 5896 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 5897 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5898 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 5899 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 5900 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 5901 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 5902 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 5903 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 5904 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 5905 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 5906 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 5907 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 5908 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 5909 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 5910 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 5911 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 5912 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 5913 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 5914 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 5915 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 5916 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 5917 assumed. 5918 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 5919 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 5920 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 5921 Information Systems Agency. 5922 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 5923 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 5924 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 5925 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 5926 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 5927 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 5928 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 5929 that really can be used in the real world. 5930 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 5931 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 5932 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 5933 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 5934 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 5935 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 5936 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 5937 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 5938 by Scott Hutton. 5939 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 5940 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 5941 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 5942 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 5943 people. 5944 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 5945 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 5946 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 5947 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 5948 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 5949 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 5950 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 5951 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 5952 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 5953 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 5954 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 5955 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 5956 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 5957 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 5958 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 5959 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 5960 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 5961 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 5962 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 5963 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 5964 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 5965 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 5966 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 5967 by Kimmo Suominen. 5968 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 5969 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 5970 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 5971 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 5972 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5973 NEW FILES: 5974 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 5975 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 5976 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 5977 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 5978 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 5979 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 5980 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 5981 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 5982 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 5983 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 5984 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 5985 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 5986 cf/domain/generic.m4 5987 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 5988 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 5989 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 5990 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 5991 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 5992 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 5993 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 5994 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 5995 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 5996 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 5997 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 5998 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 5999 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 6000 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 6001 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 6002 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 6003 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 6004 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 6005 contrib/bsdi.mc 6006 contrib/mailprio 6007 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 6008 mail.local/mail.local.0 6009 makemap/makemap.0 6010 smrsh/README 6011 smrsh/smrsh.0 6012 smrsh/smrsh.8 6013 smrsh/smrsh.c 6014 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 6015 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 6016 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 6017 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 6018 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 6019 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 6020 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 6021 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 6022 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 6023 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 6024 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 6025 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 6026 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 6027 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 6028 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 6029 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 6030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 6031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 6033 src/aliases.0 6034 src/mailq.0 6035 src/mime.c 6036 src/newaliases.0 6037 src/sendmail.0 6038 test/t_seteuid.c 6039 RENAMED FILES: 6040 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 6041 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 6042 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 6043 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 6044 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 6045 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 6046 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 6047 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 6048 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 6049 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6050 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6051 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6052 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 6053 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 6054 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 6055 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 6056 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 6057 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 6058 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 6059 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 6060 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 6061 OBSOLETED FILES: 6062 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 6063 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 6064 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 6065 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 6066 cf/cf/knecht.mc 6067 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 6068 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 6069 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 6070 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 6071 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 6072 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 6073 contrib/rcpt-streaming 6074 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6075 60768.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 6077 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6078 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6079 any user (except root). 6080 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6081 version number is unchanged. 6082 60838.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 6084 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 6085 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 6086 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 6087 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 6088 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 6089 each other!). 6090 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 6091 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 6092 than fork(). 6093 60948.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 6095 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 6096 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 6097 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 6098 message when attempted from IDENT. 6099 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 6100 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 6101 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 6102 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 6103 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 6104 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 6105 partial lines. 6106 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 6107 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 6108 Rob McMahon. 6109 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 6110 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 6111 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 6112 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 6113 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 6114 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 6115 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 6116 Novell Labs Europe. 6117 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 6118 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 6119 Cal State Chico. 6120 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 6121 *Hobbit*. 6122 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 6123 and Liudvikas Bukys. 6124 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 6125 from Spider Boardman. 6126 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6127 with the binaries). 6128 61298.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 6130 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 6131 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 6132 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 6133 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 6134 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 6135 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 6136 implications. 6137 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 6138 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 6139 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 6140 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 6141 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 6142 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 6143 University of Texas. 6144 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 6145 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 6146 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 6147 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 6148 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 6149 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 6150 Data General. 6151 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 6152 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 6153 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 6154 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 6155 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 6156 with a lot of arguments). 6157 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 6158 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 6159 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 6160 Michigan. 6161 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 6162 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 6163 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 6164 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 6165 Thibault. 6166 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 6167 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 6168 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 6169 some of the map code. 6170 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6171 with the binaries). 6172 61738.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 6174 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 6175 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 6176 may have some security implications. 6177 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 6178 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 6179 Hill of the University of Iowa. 6180 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 6181 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 6182 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 6183 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 6184 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 6185 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 6186 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 6187 option. 6188 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 6189 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 6190 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 6191 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 6192 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 6193 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 6194 Rochester. 6195 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 6196 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 6197 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 6198 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 6199 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 6200 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 6201 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 6202 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 6203 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 6204 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 6205 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 6206 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 6207 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 6208 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 6209 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 6210 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 6211 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 6212 messages. 6213 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 6214 message to explain how much space was available and 6215 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 6216 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 6217 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 6218 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 6219 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 6220 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 6221 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 6222 moves things more towards what will probably become a 6223 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 6224 Kapor Enterprises. 6225 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 6226 without recompiling. 6227 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 6228 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 6229 purely cosmetic. 6230 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 6231 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 6232 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 6233 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 6234 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 6235 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 6236 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 6237 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 6238 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 6239 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 6240 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 6241 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 6242 Wolfhugel. 6243 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 6244 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 6245 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 6246 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 6247 refused" response, and that the connection can be 6248 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 6249 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 6250 size around and can never start listening to connections 6251 again. The down side is that someone could start up 6252 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 6253 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 6254 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 6255 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 6256 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 6257 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 6258 implications. 6259 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 6260 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 6261 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 6262 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 6263 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 6264 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 6265 doc directory. This includes some additional 6266 information. 6267 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 6268 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 6269 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 6270 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 6271 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 6272 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 6273 loop the mail, which was bad news. 6274 Portability fixes: 6275 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 6276 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6277 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 6278 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 6279 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6280 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 6281 Newcastle upon Tyne. 6282 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 6283 Corporation. 6284 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 6285 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 6286 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 6287 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 6288 New Files: 6289 src/Makefile.CLIX 6290 src/Makefile.NCR3000 6291 doc/changes/Makefile 6292 doc/changes/changes.me 6293 doc/changes/changes.ps 6294 62958.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 6296 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 6297 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 6298 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 6299 63008.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 6301 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 6302 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 6303 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 6304 list. 6305 63068.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 6307 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 6308 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 6309 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 6310 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 6311 valid shell. 6312 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 6313 in the connection cache for a long time under some 6314 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 6315 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 6316 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 6317 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 6318 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 6319 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 6320 from a local user to another local user. From 6321 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6322 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 6323 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 6324 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6325 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 6326 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 6327 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 6328 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 6329 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 6330 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 6331 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 6332 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 6333 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 6334 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 6335 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 6336 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 6337 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 6338 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 6339 BSD-like system. 6340 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 6341 protocol entirely. 6342 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 6343 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 6344 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 6345 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 6346 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 6347 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 6348 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 6349 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 6350 files. 6351 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 6352 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 6353 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 6354 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 6355 of CMU. 6356 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 6357 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 6358 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 6359 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 6360 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 6361 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 6362 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 6363 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 6364 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 6365 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 6366 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 6367 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 6368 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 6369 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 6370 security implications. Suggested by several people. 6371 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 6372 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 6373 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 6374 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 6375 Motonori Nakamura. 6376 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 6377 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 6378 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 6379 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 6380 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 6381 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 6382 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 6383 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 6384 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 6385 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 6386 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 6387 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 6388 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 6389 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 6390 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 6391 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 6392 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 6393 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 6394 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 6395 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 6396 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6397 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 6398 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 6399 didn't see the class items being added. 6400 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 6401 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 6402 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 6403 Rutgers. 6404 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 6405 but sets h_errno to a success value. 6406 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 6407 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 6408 address specified in the P option). This fix should 6409 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 6410 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 6411 the problem myself. 6412 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 6413 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 6414 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 6415 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 6416 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 6417 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 6418 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 6419 UUNET. 6420 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 6421 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 6422 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 6423 John Oleynick. 6424 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 6425 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 6426 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 6427 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 6428 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 6429 Nakamura. 6430 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 6431 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 6432 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 6433 University of Washington. 6434 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 6435 don't have an ``=value'' part. 6436 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 6437 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 6438 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 6439 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 6440 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 6441 of Cambridge University. 6442 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 6443 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 6444 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 6445 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 6446 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 6447 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 6448 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 6449 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 6450 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 6451 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 6452 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 6453 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 6454 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 6455 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 6456 a chance. 6457 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 6458 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 6459 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 6460 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 6461 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 6462 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 6463 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 6464 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 6465 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 6466 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 6467 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 6468 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 6469 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 6470 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 6471 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 6472 size for various mailers. 6473 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 6474 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 6475 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6476 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 6477 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 6478 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 6479 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 6480 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 6481 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 6482 system. 6483 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 6484 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 6485 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 6486 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 6487 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 6488 Michel of Thomson CSF. 6489 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 6490 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 6491 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 6492 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 6493 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 6494 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 6495 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 6496 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 6497 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 6498 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 6499 University of Sydney. 6500 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 6501 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 6502 This is because of the known bug where definition of 6503 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 6504 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 6505 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 6506 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 6507 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 6508 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 6509 Suominen. 6510 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 6511 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 6512 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 6513 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 6514 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 6515 Suominen. 6516 Portability fixes: 6517 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 6518 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6519 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 6520 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 6521 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 6522 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6523 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 6524 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 6525 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 6526 NEW FILES: 6527 src/Makefile.DomainOS 6528 src/Makefile.PTX 6529 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 6530 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 6531 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6532 src/mailq.1 6533 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 6534 doc/op/Makefile 6535 doc/intro/Makefile 6536 doc/usenix/Makefile 6537 65388.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 6539 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 6540 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 6541 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 6542 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 6543 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 6544 permissions they should not have had (usually group 6545 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 6546 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 6547 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 6548 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 6549 Although this does not respond to a specific known 6550 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 6551 Christian Wettergren. 6552 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 6553 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 6554 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 6555 program by putting that in their .forward file. 6556 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 6557 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 6558 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 6559 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 6560 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 6561 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 6562 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 6563 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 6564 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 6565 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 6566 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 6567 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 6568 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 6569 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 6570 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 6571 connection to create problems on the current job. 6572 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 6573 the wrong place. 6574 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 6575 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 6576 problem that ignored the load average in locally 6577 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 6578 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 6579 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 6580 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 6581 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 6582 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 6583 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 6584 when sending error messages. This resulted in 6585 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 6586 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 6587 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 6588 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 6589 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 6590 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6591 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 6592 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 6593 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 6594 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 6595 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 6596 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 6597 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 6598 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 6599 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 6600 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 6601 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 6602 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 6603 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 6604 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 6605 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 6606 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 6607 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 6608 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 6609 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 6610 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 6611 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 6612 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 6613 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 6614 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 6615 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 6616 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 6617 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 6618 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 6619 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 6620 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 6621 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 6622 dot convention. 6623 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 6624 of from a clean exit. 6625 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 6626 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 6627 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 6628 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 6629 as the subject of an error message, even though the 6630 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 6631 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 6632 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 6633 Jones of UUNET. 6634 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 6635 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 6636 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 6637 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 6638 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 6639 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 6640 says that they should be ignored. 6641 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 6642 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 6643 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 6644 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 6645 is not reentrant. 6646 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 6647 documented in the Bat Book. 6648 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 6649 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 6650 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 6651 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 6652 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 6653 code during some parts of connection initialization. 6654 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 6655 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 6656 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 6657 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 6658 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6659 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 6660 of Kyoto University. 6661 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 6662 From P{r Emanuelsson. 6663 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 6664 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 6665 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 6666 Bryan Costales. 6667 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 6668 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 6669 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 6670 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 6671 Nakamura. 6672 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 6673 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 6674 illegal addresses appearing there). 6675 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 6676 BB&N. 6677 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 6678 included. 6679 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 6680 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 6681 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 6682 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 6683 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 6684 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 6685 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 6686 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 6687 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 6688 by the other end closing the connection. From 6689 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 6690 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 6691 to include a host name or other useful information. 6692 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 6693 DeMarco. 6694 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 6695 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 6696 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 6697 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 6698 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 6699 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 6700 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 6701 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 6702 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 6703 this properly). 6704 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 6705 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 6706 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 6707 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 6708 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 6709 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 6710 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 6711 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 6712 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 6713 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 6714 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 6715 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 6716 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 6717 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 6718 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 6719 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 6720 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 6721 of the Institute for Global Communications. 6722 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 6723 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 6724 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 6725 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 6726 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 6727 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 6728 Portability fixes for: 6729 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 6730 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 6731 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 6732 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 6733 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 6734 of Stoner Associates. 6735 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 6736 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 6737 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 6738 of Maryland. 6739 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 6740 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6741 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 6742 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 6743 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 6744 RISC/os. 6745 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 6746 at Chico. 6747 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 6748 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 6749 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 6750 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 6751 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 6752 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 6753 since this is intended only for internal use, the 6754 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 6755 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 6756 addresses when relaying internally. 6757 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 6758 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 6759 provided by Peter Wemm. 6760 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 6761 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 6762 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 6763 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 6764 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 6765 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 6766 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 6767 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 6768 names. 6769 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 6770 rather than letting them get "local configuration 6771 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 6772 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 6773 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 6774 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 6775 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 6776 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 6777 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 6778 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 6779 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 6780 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 6781 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 6782 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 6783 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 6784 of Georgia Tech. 6785 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 6786 Jim Murray of Stratus. 6787 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 6788 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 6789 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 6790 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 6791 the local name prepended. 6792 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 6793 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 6794 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 6795 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 6796 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 6797 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 6798 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 6799 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 6800 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 6801 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 6802 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 6803 :include: files and accounts that have shells 6804 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 6805 cause some .forward files that have worked 6806 before to start failing. 6807 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 6808 NEW FILES: 6809 src/Makefile.DGUX 6810 src/Makefile.Dynix 6811 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 6812 src/Makefile.Mach386 6813 src/Makefile.NetBSD 6814 src/Makefile.RISCos 6815 src/Makefile.SCO 6816 src/Makefile.SVR4 6817 src/Makefile.Titan 6818 cf/mailer/pop.m4 6819 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 6820 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 6821 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 6822 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 6823 makemap/Makefile.dist 6824 praliases/Makefile.dist 6825 68268.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 6827 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 6828 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 6829 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 6830 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 6831 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 6832 class of attack. 6833 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 6834 in a few critical places. 6835 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 6836 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 6837 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 6838 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 6839 and High-Energy Physics. 6840 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 6841 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 6842 Eric Wassenaar. 6843 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 6844 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 6845 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 6846 Wassenaar. 6847 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 6848 really become relevant in the next release, but some 6849 people need it for local patches. From Michael 6850 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6851 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 6852 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 6853 these can have different values depending on which 6854 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 6855 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 6856 what uid/gid processes ran as. 6857 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 6858 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 6859 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 6860 postmaster" case. 6861 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 6862 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 6863 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 6864 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 6865 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 6866 Christopher Davis. 6867 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 6868 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 6869 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 6870 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6871 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 6872 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 6873 68748.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 6875 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 6876 addresses that get return-receipts. 6877 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 6878 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 6879 and end up sending the message several times. 6880 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 6881 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 6882 four hours". 6883 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 6884 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 6885 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 6886 Cornell University Medical College. 6887 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 6888 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 6889 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 6890 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 6891 Wassenaar. 6892 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 6893 connections fail during message collection. From 6894 Eric Wassenaar. 6895 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 6896 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 6897 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 6898 Stratus. 6899 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 6900 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 6901 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6902 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 6903 by non-root users were not put into 6904 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 6905 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 6906 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 6907 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 6908 could get confused as to whether a database was 6909 open or not. 6910 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 6911 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 6912 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 6913 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 6914 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 6915 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 6916 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 6917 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 6918 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 6919 69208.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 6921 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 6922 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 6923 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 6924 propagated to the queue file. 6925 69268.6/8.6 1993/10/05 6927 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 6928 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 6929 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 6930 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 6931 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 6932 header files but don't have the syscall. 6933 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 6934 if trymx == FALSE. 6935 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 6936 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 6937 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 6938 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6939 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 6940 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6941 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 6942 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 6943 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 6944 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 6945 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 6946 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 6947 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 6948 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 6949 Kanbe. 6950 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 6951 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 6952 Wisner of The Well. 6953 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 6954 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 6955 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 6956 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 6957 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 6958 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 6959 files that you should be able to read but have previously 6960 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 6961 read permission. 6962 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 6963 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 6964 MX suppression will still work. 6965 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 6966 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 6967 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 6968 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6969 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 6970 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 6971 Nakamura. 6972 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 6973 "CX $Z" works. 6974 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 6975 trying to send the original message if the connection 6976 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 6977 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 6978 by John Myers of CMU. 6979 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 6980 term bug. 6981 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 6982 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 6983 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 6984 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 6985 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 6986 queue interval. This is an important fix. 6987 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 6988 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 6989 ruleset testing a bit easier. 6990 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 6991 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 6992 level. 6993 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 6994 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 6995 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 6996 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 6997 address. 6998 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 6999 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 7000 Harvey Mudd College. 7001 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 7002 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 7003 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 7004 their full name information. 7005 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 7006 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 7007 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 7008 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 7009 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 7010 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 7011 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 7012 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 7013 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7014 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 7015 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 7016 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 7017 PC TCP/IP implementations. 7018 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 7019 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 7020 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 7021 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 7022 names. 7023 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 7024 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 7025 helpful. 7026 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 7027 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 7028 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 7029 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7030 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 7031 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 7032 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 7033 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 7034 that claims to be itself works properly. 7035 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 7036 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 7037 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 7038 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 7039 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 7040 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 7041 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7042 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 7043 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 7044 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 7045 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 7046 scratch. 7047 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 7048 true address to still send to the original address 7049 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 7050 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 7051 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 7052 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 7053 more trouble than it was worth. 7054 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 7055 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 7056 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 7057 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 7058 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 7059 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 7060 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 7061 the queue. 7062 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 7063 messages don't come out with stale information. 7064 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 7065 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 7066 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 7067 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 7068 Myers of CMU. 7069 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 7070 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 7071 Corrigan. 7072 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 7073 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 7074 sender address. 7075 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 7076 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 7077 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 7078 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 7079 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 7080 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 7081 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 7082 that does bulk data transfer). 7083 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 7084 Amir Plivatsky. 7085 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 7086 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 7087 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 7088 bogus config files that were not caught. 7089 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 7090 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 7091 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 7092 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 7093 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 7094 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 7095 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 7096 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 7097 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 7098 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 7099 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 7100 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 7101 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 7102 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 7103 opened or if running with no database format defined. 7104 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 7105 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7106 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 7107 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 7108 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 7109 Melbourne. 7110 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 7111 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 7112 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 7113 to match regular entries. 7114 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 7115 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 7116 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 7117 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 7118 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 7119 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 7120 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7121 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 7122 error message so that the "subject" line of return 7123 messages is the best possible. 7124 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 7125 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 7126 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 7127 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 7128 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 7129 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 7130 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 7131 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 7132 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 7133 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 7134 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 7135 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 7136 on the address. 7137 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 7138 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 7139 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 7140 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 7141 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7142 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 7143 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 7144 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 7145 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 7146 addresses in any detail. 7147 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 7148 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 7149 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 7150 with an address such as "!foo". 7151 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 7152 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 7153 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 7154 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 7155 Bret Marquis. 7156 71578.5/8.5 1993/07/23 7158 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 7159 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 7160 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 7161 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7162 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 7163 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 7164 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 7165 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 7166 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 7167 Nakamura. 7168 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 7169 are no DNS records matching the name. 7170 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 7171 original message was received ... from localhost". 7172 The correct original host information is now included. 7173 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 7174 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 7175 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 7176 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 7177 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 7178 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 7179 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 7180 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 7181 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 7182 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 7183 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 7184 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 7185 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 7186 71878.4/8.4 1993/07/22 7188 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 7189 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 7190 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 7191 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 7192 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 7193 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 7194 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 7195 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 7196 are really configuration errors. This option is 7197 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 7198 UIUC sendmail. 7199 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 7200 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 7201 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 7202 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 7203 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 7204 by Neil Rickert. 7205 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 7206 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 7207 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 7208 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 7209 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 7210 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 7211 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 7212 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 7213 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 7214 of dickering with error handling (see below). 7215 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 7216 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 7217 humans. 7218 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 7219 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 7220 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 7221 repaired). 7222 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 7223 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 7224 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 7225 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 7226 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 7227 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 7228 connection rather than sending QUIT. 7229 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 7230 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 7231 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 7232 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 7233 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7234 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 7235 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 7236 core dumps on some machines. 7237 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 7238 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 7239 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 7240 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 7241 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 7242 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 7243 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 7244 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 7245 some true error conditions. 7246 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 7247 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 7248 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 7249 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 7250 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 7251 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 7252 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 7253 by Motonori Nakamura. 7254 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 7255 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 7256 caused error messages to be handled differently during 7257 a queue run than a direct run. 7258 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 7259 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 7260 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 7261 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 7262 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 7263 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 7264 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 7265 restart it. 7266 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 7267 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 7268 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 7269 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 7270 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 7271 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 7272 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 7273 is appropriately functional. 7274 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 7275 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 7276 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 7277 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 7278 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 7279 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 7280 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 7281 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 7282 Technologies. 7283 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 7284 process group id. The original fix was to get around 7285 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 7286 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 7287 different from the process id. I could try to fix 7288 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 7289 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 7290 things. 7291 Portability changes: 7292 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 7293 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 7294 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 7295 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 7296 of Colorado. 7297 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 7298 help other strict ANSI compilers. 7299 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 7300 Corporation. 7301 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 7302 documentation apparently doesn't define 7303 __STDC__ by default). 7304 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7305 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 7306 Motonori Nakamura. 7307 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 7308 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 7309 several people have made a good argument that this 7310 creates more problems than it solves (although this 7311 may prove painful in the short run). 7312 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 7313 format. 7314 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 7315 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 7316 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 7317 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 7318 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 7319 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 7320 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 7321 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 7322 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 7323 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 7324 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 7325 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7326 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 7327 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 7328 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 7329 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7330 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 7331 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 7332 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 7333 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 7334 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 7335 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 7336 environments. Ugly as sin. 7337 73388.3/8.3 1993/07/13 7339 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 7340 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 7341 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 7342 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 7343 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 7344 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 7345 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 7346 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 7347 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 7348 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 7349 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 7350 "user friendly". 7351 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 7352 16 bytes/sec. 7353 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 7354 compatibility library. This also adds a new 7355 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 7356 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 7357 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 7358 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 7359 for quick test cases. 7360 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 7361 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 7362 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 7363 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 7364 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 7365 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 7366 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 7367 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 7368 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 7369 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 7370 From Michael Corrigan. 7371 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 7372 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 7373 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7374 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 7375 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 7376 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 7377 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 7378 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 7379 Christophe Wolfhugel. 7380 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 7381 73828.2/8.2 1993/07/11 7383 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 7384 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 7385 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 7386 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 7387 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 7388 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 7389 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 7390 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 7391 from Bill Wisner. 7392 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 7393 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 7394 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 7395 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 7396 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 7397 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 7398 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 7399 match the other flags in that file. 7400 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 7401 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 7402 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 7403 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 7404 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 7405 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 7406 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 7407 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 7408 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 7409 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 7410 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 7411 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 7412 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 7413 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7414 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 7415 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 7416 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 7417 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 7418 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 7419 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 7420 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 7421 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 7422 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 7423 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 7424 the root and directories leading up to your home); 7425 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 7426 be owned by you. 7427 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 7428 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 7429 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 7430 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 7431 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 7432 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 7433 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 7434 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 7435 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 7436 is separate; this is just intended to work around 7437 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 7438 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 7439 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 7440 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 7441 matching without a null it never tries again with a 7442 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 7443 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 7444 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 7445 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 7446 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 7447 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 7448 it adapts. 7449 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 7450 will insert the appropriate full name information; 7451 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 7452 way. 7453 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 7454 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 7455 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 7456 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 7457 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 7458 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 7459 only happen when there has been another error in the 7460 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 7461 by default in conf.h. 7462 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 7463 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 7464 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 7465 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 7466 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 7467 This output is not intended to be particularly human 7468 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 7469 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 7470 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 7471 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 7472 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 7473 See cf/README for an example. 7474 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 7475 sites that don't use the -d flag. 7476 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 7477 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 7478 has been requested by several people, but can break 7479 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 7480 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 7481 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 7482 broken. Use it sparingly. 7483 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 7484 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 7485 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 7486 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 7487 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 7488 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 7489 Bill Wisner of The Well. 7490 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 7491 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 7492 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 7493 74948.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 7495 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 7496 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 7497 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 7498 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 7499 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 7500 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 7501 75028.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 7503 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 7504 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 7505 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 7506 75078.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 7508 Another mailertable fix.... 7509 75108.1/8.1 1993/06/07 7511 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 7512